{"title":"Sheet metal press","description":"\u003cp\u003e Precision \u003cstrong\u003esheet metal press\u003c\/strong\u003e for bending and forming metal sheets of varying thicknesses. Hydraulic and mechanical systems with micrometric adjustment for uniform bending angles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e Robust \u003cstrong\u003esheet metal press brake\u003c\/strong\u003e with reinforced structures and clamping systems for various types of materials. Precision mechanisms and ergonomic controls for repeatable processes. Ideal for metalwork, window and door manufacturing, and the forming of industrial components.\u003c\/p\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"bernardo-pressa-idraulica-dks-200","title":"Bernardo Portal Hydraulic Press DKS 200","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong style=\"font-size: 0.875rem;\"\u003eBernardo DKS 200 Gantry Hydraulic Press\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe DKS 200 hydraulic press is designed for high-power industrial operations, ideal for machine shops, structural fabrication, and heavy repairs. The movable frame allows the pressure point to be adjusted across the entire working width, offering maximum flexibility for inserting large components. With a pressing force of 200 tons and a piston with a 300 mm stroke, it guarantees high performance even in the most demanding applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e✅ \u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e• 200-ton pressing force for heavy industrial work\u003cbr\u003e• Movable frame with longitudinal travel up to 2000 mm\u003cbr\u003e• Wide clear passage between uprights: 2550 mm\u003cbr\u003e• Piston with 300 mm stroke and 300 mm diameter\u003cbr\u003e• Powerful 15 kW motor for constant and controlled thrust\u003cbr\u003e• Robust structure with a total weight of 11,000 kg\u003cbr\u003e• Fast approach speed and optimized working speed\u003cbr\u003e• Suitable for pressing, assembly, straightening, and large-scale machining\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e📊 \u003cstrong\u003eTechnical table\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeatures\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eData\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum pressing force\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 tons\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePiston stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePiston diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMovable frame longitudinal travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2000 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClear passage between uprights\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2550 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproach speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15.0 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 11,000 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e📦 \u003cstrong\u003ePackage contents\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e• DKS 200 movable frame hydraulic press\u003cbr\u003e• Piston with adjustable stroke\u003cbr\u003e• Sliding longitudinal frame\u003cbr\u003e• Integrated control unit and motor\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693112332616,"sku":"06-2130","price":0.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_Pressa_idraulica_a_portale_DKS_200_200_tonnellate.jpg?v=1757951575"},{"product_id":"bernardo-pressa-idraulica-dks-300","title":"Bernardo DKS 300 Portal Hydraulic Press","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong style=\"font-size: 0.875rem;\"\u003eBernardo DKS 300 Gantry Hydraulic Press\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe DKS 300 hydraulic press is a professional machine designed for extremely heavy pressing operations. Thanks to its massive structure and mobile frame with a longitudinal travel of up to 3000 mm, it is ideal for the mechanical industry, shipbuilding, and processing large steel frames. The 300-ton force, combined with a piston with an enlarged 360 mm diameter, ensures uniform pressure even on large components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e✅ \u003cstrong\u003eMain features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e• 300 tons pressing force for high-tonnage work\u003cbr\u003e• Mobile frame with longitudinal travel up to 3000 mm\u003cbr\u003e• Useful passage between uprights of 2550 mm\u003cbr\u003e• Piston with 300 mm stroke and 360 mm diameter\u003cbr\u003e• 18.5 kW industrial motor for continuous and reliable thrust\u003cbr\u003e• Imposing structure with a total weight of 15,800 kg\u003cbr\u003e• Optimized approach and working speeds for rapid production cycles\u003cbr\u003e• Perfect for molding, structural assemblies, insertion of pins or bushings\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e📊 \u003cstrong\u003eTechnical table\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeatures\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eData\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum pressing force\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 tons\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePiston stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePiston diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e360 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMobile frame longitudinal travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3000 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUseful passage between uprights\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2550 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproach speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18.5 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 15,800 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e📦 \u003cstrong\u003ePackage contents\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e• DKS 300 mobile frame hydraulic press\u003cbr\u003e• Piston with adjustable stroke\u003cbr\u003e• Sliding frame over the entire length\u003cbr\u003e• Integrated control unit with 18.5 kW motor\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693113348424,"sku":"06-2131","price":0.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_Pressa_idraulica_a_portale_DKS_300_300_tonnellate.jpg?v=1757952118"},{"product_id":"bernardo-pressa-idraulica-dks-400","title":"Bernardo Gantry Hydraulic Press DKS 400","description":"\u003cp data-start=\"300\" data-end=\"355\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo Gantry Hydraulic Press DKS 400\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"300\" data-end=\"355\"\u003eThe DKS 400 is a top-tier hydraulic press designed to tackle the most demanding industrial tasks. With a pressing force of 400 tons, a 420 mm diameter piston, and a movable frame with a 2800 mm longitudinal travel, this machine guarantees power, precision, and flexibility even for large components. It is ideal for steel structure production, heavy metal fabrication, and shipbuilding and railway industries.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e✅ \u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e• Impressive pressing force: 400 tons\u003cbr\u003e• Movable frame with 2800 mm longitudinal travel\u003cbr\u003e• Clear distance between uprights of 2550 mm\u003cbr\u003e• Piston with 300 mm stroke and 420 mm diameter\u003cbr\u003e• High-power 22 kW motor for continuous and reliable operation\u003cbr\u003e• Robust structure with an overall weight of 18,000 kg\u003cbr\u003e• Optimized speeds for approach (12 mm\/sec) and work (4 mm\/sec)\u003cbr\u003e• Ideal for pin insertion, bending, shrink fitting, and industrial assembly\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e📊 \u003cstrong\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeatures\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eData\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum pressing force\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 tons\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePiston stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePiston diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e420 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLongitudinal travel of movable frame\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2800 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClear distance between uprights\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2550 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproach speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e22 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 18,000 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e📦 \u003cstrong\u003ePackage contents\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e• DKS 400 hydraulic press with movable frame\u003cbr\u003e• Piston with stroke adjustment\u003cbr\u003e• 22 kW three-phase motor\u003cbr\u003e• Integrated control unit\u003cbr\u003e• Sliding frame for full-length processing\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693114593608,"sku":"06-2132","price":0.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_Pressa_idraulica_a_portale_DKS_400_400_tonnellate.jpg?v=1757952545"},{"product_id":"pressa-idraulica-bernardo-hcp-150","title":"Bernardo HCP 150 – Single Column Hydraulic Press","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-size: 0.875rem;\"\u003eBernardo Single Column Hydraulic Press HCP 150\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe HCP 150 is a C-frame hydraulic press designed for the most demanding industrial applications. With a pressing force of 150 tons and a piston stroke of 300 mm, this machine is ideal for stamping, punching, shrinking, and high-pressure assembly. The robust structure with a large 700 x 1100 mm work surface allows for processing even large components, while the 260 mm throat depth offers operational flexibility. The powerful 7.5 kW motor and 340-liter tank ensure efficient and reliable continuous operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e✅ \u003cstrong\u003eMain Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e• Maximum pressing force: 150 tons\u003cbr\u003e• C-frame structure with easy front access\u003cbr\u003e• Lower table measuring 700 x 1100 mm with a 120 mm central hole\u003cbr\u003e• Piston with 300 mm stroke\u003cbr\u003e• Working speed: 3.5 mm\/sec\u003cbr\u003e• Upper ram 500 x 750 mm\u003cbr\u003e• Throat depth: 260 mm\u003cbr\u003e• 7.5 kW motor – oil flow rate 40 l\/min\u003cbr\u003e• 340-liter oil tank\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e📊 \u003cstrong\u003eTechnical Table\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeatures\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eData\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. pressing force\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 tons\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePiston stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproach speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.5 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReturn speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e22 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable - ram distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLower table dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e700 x 1100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpper ram dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 x 750 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThroat depth (usable depth)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e260 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThrough hole in table\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7.5 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePump flow rate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 l\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOil tank capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e340 liters\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2300 x 1400 x 2750 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 7700 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e📦 \u003cstrong\u003eScope of delivery\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e• Complete HCP 150 press\u003cbr\u003e• Hydraulic unit with 7.5 kW motor\u003cbr\u003e• 340-liter oil tank\u003cbr\u003e• Work table with through hole\u003cbr\u003e• Ground upper piston\u003cbr\u003e• Control panel with emergency buttons\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693115904328,"sku":"06-2143","price":0.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_HCP_150_Pressa_idraulica_a_colonna_singola_da_150_tonnellate.jpg?v=1758029525"},{"product_id":"pressa-idraulica-bernardo-hcp-30","title":"Bernardo Hydraulic Press HCP 30","description":"\u003cp data-start=\"328\" data-end=\"388\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo HCP 30 Single-Column Hydraulic Press\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe HCP 30 is a C-frame hydraulic press designed to ensure precision, speed, and versatility in stamping, deep drawing, and assembly operations. With a force of 30 tons and a 5.5 kW motor, it offers high performance in a compact footprint. The gooseneck structure allows for wide frontal accessibility, ideal for manual or semi-automatic positioning tasks, making it perfect for workshops, production departments, and metal processing centers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e✅ \u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e• Pressing force up to 30 tons\u003cbr\u003e• C-frame for easy front access\u003cbr\u003e• 200 mm ram stroke with speed control\u003cbr\u003e• High productivity thanks to a return speed of 90 mm\/sec\u003cbr\u003e• 450 x 700 mm bottom plate with an 80 mm through-hole\u003cbr\u003e• Powerful 5.5 kW motor and 40 l\/min pump\u003cbr\u003e• Compact yet robust structure, weighing 3400 kg\u003cbr\u003e• Large 150-liter oil tank for continuous use\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e📊 \u003cstrong\u003eTechnical table\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeatures\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eData\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. pressing force\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 tons\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePiston stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproach speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e54 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReturn speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable - ram distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBottom plate dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e450 x 700 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpper ram dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e380 x 500 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThroat (useful depth)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThrough-hole in the table\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5.5 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePump capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 l\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOil tank capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 liters\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1680 x 850 x 2250 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 3400 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e📦 \u003cstrong\u003ePackage contents\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e• Pre-assembled HCP 30 press\u003cbr\u003e• Hydraulic unit with 5.5 kW motor\u003cbr\u003e• Machined ram and table with through-hole\u003cbr\u003e• Integrated 150-liter oil tank\u003cbr\u003e• Integrated control panel with safety buttons\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693117018440,"sku":"06-2140","price":0.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Pressa_idraulica_Bernardo_HCP_30_30_tonnellate_per_lavorazioni_industriali.jpg?v=1758027071"},{"product_id":"pressa-idraulica-bernardo-hcp-60","title":"Bernardo HCP 60 Single Column Hydraulic Press – 60 tons, C-frame, 5.5 kW motor","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo HCP 60 single-column hydraulic press offers 60 tons of pressing force, a C-frame structure with front access, a ram with a 250 mm stroke, a 500×700 mm lower table with a Ø 100 mm through-hole, a 430×500 mm upper ram, a useful depth (throat) of 250 mm, a 5.5 kW motor, a 200-liter oil tank, an approach speed of 26 mm\/sec and a working speed of 8.5 mm\/sec, and a return speed of 47 mm\/sec. Weight 4,000 kg. Suitable for stamping, deep drawing, punching, and industrial assembly. Manufactured in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePressing Force:\u003c\/strong\u003e 60 tons\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStructure:\u003c\/strong\u003e C-frame (front access)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLower Table:\u003c\/strong\u003e 500 × 700 mm with Ø 100 mm through-hole\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUseful Depth (throat):\u003c\/strong\u003e 250 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRam (stroke):\u003c\/strong\u003e 250 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5.5 kW – 400V three-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 4,000 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the HCP 60 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo HCP 60 is a single-column hydraulic press with a C-frame, sized for industrial workshops with stamping, deep drawing, punching, and assembly needs up to 60 tons. It is in the mid-range of the HCP family: more powerful than the HCP 30 (30 t) and faster in cycles than the HCP 100 and HCP 150 (working speed 8.5 mm\/sec vs 5.5 and 3.5 mm\/sec). This speed-force balance makes it suitable for series production of medium-sized components where cycle speed is important. The 500×700 mm table with a Ø 100 mm through-hole and the 250 mm throat offer front access for assembly and shrink-fitting. In Krollit's customers' workshops, it is chosen by mechanical workshops with series production of small to medium components, light to medium stamping, industrial spare parts manufacturers, and maintenance workshops.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn the Bernardo HCP range, the HCP 60 occupies the lower-mid range: below the HCP 30 (30 t, 3,400 kg), above the HCP 100 (100 t, 5,400 kg) and the HCP 150 (150 t, 7,700 kg, top of the range). The HCPs share a philosophy (C-frame, front access) but scale in capacity: larger molds require more powerful presses and consequently slower cycles (the working speed of 8.5 mm\/sec of the HCP 60 is halved on the HCP 100 and triples in time on the HCP 150). For workshops with series production of small to medium parts that do not exceed 60 tons, the HCP 60 is the correctly sized choice. For heavy industrial applications on large components, move up to HCP 100\/150 or switch to the DKS gantry range (DKS 200\/300\/400). The key difference between HCP vs DKS remains: HCP for quick front access on standard parts, DKS for long parts with a movable frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to the South). At 4,000 kg, it requires a pallet jack or forklift with adequate capacity for unloading. Dimensions 1,820 × 960 × 2,400 mm: check ceiling height. Original Bernardo spare parts such as pistons, seals, hydraulic pump, and accessories are available from stock with 3-5 business days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the HCP 60 for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial machine with 4,000 kg weight and 60 tons. 400V three-phase line required. Exclusively professional application.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMechanical workshop with series production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 tons with rapid cycles (approach 26 mm\/sec, working 8.5 mm\/sec) for series production of small to medium components. Ø 100 mm through-hole allows punching and shrink-fitting.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLight to medium stamping \/ parts manufacturer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpeed-force balance suitable for series production. The 250 mm throat and 500×700 mm table cover most standard light stamping parts.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot recommended for:\u003c\/strong\u003e applications requiring over 60 tons (consider HCP 100 or HCP 150); long parts requiring pressure at different points (DKS gantry range); workshops without a 400V three-phase line; automated series production with CNC positioning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003ePressing capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. pressing force\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 tons\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRam stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUseful depth (throat)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable - ram distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e450 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTable and ram\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLower table dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 × 700 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThrough-hole in the table\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpper ram dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e430 × 500 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpeed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproach speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e26 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8.5 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReturn speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e47 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHydraulic system\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5.5 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePump capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 l\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOil tank capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 liters\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V – 50Hz – three-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,820 × 960 × 2,400 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 4,000 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/CE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePre-assembled Bernardo HCP 60 press\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHydraulic unit with 5.5 kW motor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLower table with through-hole\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGround upper ram\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e200-liter tank with oil included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eControl panel with safety buttons\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the HCP 60 or HCP 100 better?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt depends on the maximum tonnage required. Up to 50-55 tons, the HCP 60 is correctly sized with faster cycles. For regular applications over 55 tons, the HCP 100 is the logical choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe HCP 60 has a working speed of 8.5 mm\/sec vs 5.5 mm\/sec for the HCP 100: in series production, this difference results in a 50% higher output rate. The HCP 100 has a larger table (600×1100 vs 500×700) and a Ø 120 mm through-hole (vs 100). For high-volume production of small to medium parts, the HCP 60 is preferable; for larger parts or higher forces, the HCP 100.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the HCP 60 suitable for deep drawing?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor light to medium deep drawing, yes (sheets up to 2-3 mm on standard shapes). For complex deep drawing or thicker materials, consider HCP 100\/150.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe deep drawing capacity depends on sheet thickness, drawing depth, and mold geometry. The 250 mm ram stroke of the HCP 60 is less than the 300 mm of the HCP 100 and 150: for deep drawing, this difference can be limiting. For industrial deep drawing of standard parts, the HCP 60 is adequate; for special applications, verify the actual stroke required by the mold before making a choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes it work with domestic three-phase sockets?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTypical domestic three-phase sockets (6 kW) can handle the HCP 60's 5.5 kW motor at its limit. For continuous use, a dedicated industrial meter is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 5.5 kW motor can reach peak power at startup, potentially tripping the safety switch on undersized meters. For workshops with other machines running simultaneously, check available power. For intensive use, a dedicated commercial or industrial meter is recommended. Krollit does not provide on-site electrical service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much does it consume in standard production?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 5.5 kW motor typically consumes 5-6 kWh per hour of actual operation at full load. In standard production with a 60-70% duty cycle, the average consumption is 3.5-4.5 kWh per hour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eActual consumption depends on the fraction of time the motor is under load. For workshops with significant electricity costs, it is recommended to turn off the motor between spaced work cycles to reduce standby consumption. The HCP 60 is designed for intensive intermittent use: rapid cycles alternated with rest periods.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much operating space is needed in the workshop?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine dimensions are 1,820 × 960 × 2,400 mm. For handling parts and front access, an operating area of at least 3.5 × 3 m with a minimum ceiling height of 2.8 m is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 2,400 mm height allows installation in workshops with standard 3-meter ceilings without problems. The contained depth (960 mm) facilitates integration even in workshops with limited space. The 4,000 kg weight requires a standard industrial floor, not lightweight flooring. The working height of the lower table (~700-800 mm) is ergonomic for standing operators.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693117641032,"sku":"06-2141","price":0.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_HCP_60_Pressa_idraulica_a_colonna_singola_da_60_tonnellate.jpg?v=1758027962"},{"product_id":"pressa-manuale-bernardo-d5","title":"Bernardo D5 Manual Rack and Pinion Press – gray cast iron, effective force 1,560 kg, workpiece height 445 mm","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo D5 manual rack and pinion press (renamed DP 5 in technical material) features a gray cast iron structure, effective force of 1,560 kg \/ 15,298 N with an 800 mm adjustable lever and 60 kg manual force, a usable workpiece height of 445 mm, a column axis distance of 215 mm, a 50×50×645 mm spindle, and a Ø 257 mm rotating plate with multiple openings (19, 28, 38, 68 mm). It is suitable for inserting\/extracting bearings, bushings, gears, straightening, and broaching. Weight 160 kg. Manufactured in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEffective force (with 800 mm lever):\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,560 kg \/ 15,298 N\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMax workpiece height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 445 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColumn axis distance:\u003c\/strong\u003e 215 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRotating plate:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 257 mm with 4 openings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50 × 50 × 645 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStructure:\u003c\/strong\u003e Gray cast iron\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 160 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the D5 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo D5 (also called DP 5) is the top-of-the-range manual rack and pinion press in the DP family, sized for heavy-duty workshop applications. The gray cast iron structure (vs steel of smaller DP 1\/2\/3 models) provides maximum stability and resistance under high loads. With a usable workpiece height of 445 mm and an 800 mm adjustable lever, it handles operations that smaller manual presses cannot: straightening medium shafts, inserting\/extracting large bearings, assembling gears, broaching. The effective force of 1,560 kg is achieved with a manual effort of 60 kg on the lever, a lever ratio of over 25:1. The Ø 257 mm rotating plate with 4 openings (19, 28, 38, 68 mm) allows different components to pass through without changing equipment. In Krollit's customer laboratories, it is chosen by mechanical workshops, maintenance departments, railway workshops for small maintenance, transmission manufacturers, and disassembly laboratories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn the DP range of Bernardo manual rack and pinion presses, the D5 is the top model in terms of size and capacity. Below it: DP 1 (force 1,140 kg, height 135 mm, weight 11 kg) for small components; DP 2 (force 1,285 kg, height 190 mm, weight 30 kg) intermediate; DP 3 (force 1,181 kg, height 300 mm, weight 40 kg) for taller pieces. The D5 stands out for its gray cast iron structure (vs steel of other DPs) and significantly larger dimensions (160 kg vs 11-40 kg). For applications requiring pieces up to 445 mm high or stable forces over 1.2 tons, the D5 is the only choice in the manual range. Above manual presses, Bernardo offers HCP hydraulic presses starting from 30 tons, sized for industrial needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to Southern Italy). At 160 kg, it requires a pallet jack or two people with care for handling and installation. It must be fixed to a robust workbench using the mounting holes. Original Bernardo spare parts available from stock with shipping in 3-5 business days. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the D5 is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdequate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTool sized for professional use. For occasional hobby use, smaller models (DP 2 or DP 3) might be more practical and less expensive.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMechanical workshop \/ maintenance department\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor inserting\/extracting large bearings, assembling gears, straightening medium shafts. The cast iron structure provides superior stability compared to other DPs.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTransmission department \/ mechanical manufacturer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUsable workpiece height of 445 mm handles components that smaller manual presses cannot accommodate. The Ø 257 mm rotating plate with multiple openings speeds up operation changes.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e applications requiring force greater than 1.5 tons (consider HCP hydraulic presses); high-volume serial production (the press is manual, not automatic); pieces over 445 mm in height; use on a construction site without a stable support bench.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWorking capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax workpiece height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e445 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColumn axis distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e215 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManual force (on the lever)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 kg \/ 588 N\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEffective force on the workpiece\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,560 kg \/ 15,298 N\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLever length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e800 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle and rotating plate\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 × 50 × 645 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRotating plate diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e257 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRotating plate openings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 × Ø 19 mm \/ 1 × Ø 28 mm \/ 1 × Ø 38 mm \/ 1 × Ø 68 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e370 × 550 × 810 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 160 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStructure material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGray cast iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo D5 manual press (gray cast iron machine body)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eØ 257 mm rotating plate with multiple openings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e800 mm long adjustable lever\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhy is the D5 made of gray cast iron while the DP 1\/2\/3 are made of steel?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGray cast iron has superior vibration damping capabilities compared to steel and greater stability under static loads. On smaller DP models (1\/2\/3), the advantage of cast iron is not noticeable, but on the D5 with forces up to 1.5 tons, cast iron improves working precision.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe choice of material depends on the scale. The cast steel of the DP 1\/2\/3 is correctly sized for their capacities (forces up to 1.3 t and heights up to 300 mm). For the D5 with greater forces and dimensions, cast iron provides thermal mass and rigidity that reduce micro-vibrations during precision operations such as shaft straightening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I really apply 1.5 tons with 60 kg of effort?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, that's the principle of the lever: with an 800 mm lever and the internal mechanical ratio of the rack, a manual effort of 60 kg is multiplied by over 25 on the rack. The effective force on the workpiece is 1,560 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe lever-force ratio is a design characteristic of the press: a longer lever = greater force multiplication. The D5 with an 800 mm lever has the highest ratio in the DP range (26:1 ratio vs 19:1 for the DP 1 with a 350 mm lever). This allows a single operator to exert forces that would otherwise be impossible manually.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes it need to be fixed to the workbench or can it be used freestanding?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt must be fixed to a robust workbench using the mounting holes in the base. The force exerted by the lever requires stability: without fastening, the machine will lift during pressing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe workbench must be sized to withstand lateral and lifting forces during pressing operations. A light or unstable workbench makes the D5 inaccurate and potentially dangerous. The machine's 160 kg weight helps stability but does not replace mechanical fastening to the workbench. Standard fastening bolts are sufficient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I do broaching with the D5?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it is one of the stated applications. The effective force of 1,560 kg allows broaching on small-medium components in standard steels. For broaching large components or hard steels, consider hydraulic presses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBroaching requires constant and progressive force during the stroke: the D5's rack is designed to generate uniform force. For repetitive broaching in production, manual cycling can be limiting; for serial production, consider hydraulic presses with automated cycles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the practical difference with the DP 3?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe D5 has an effective force of 1,560 kg vs 1,181 kg, a workpiece height of 445 mm vs 300 mm, a cast iron structure vs steel, and a weight of 160 kg vs 40 kg. It is sized for more demanding applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe DP 3 is already a good capacity manual press for most workshops. The D5 is justified for specific applications requiring pieces up to 445 mm high or stable forces over 1.2 tons, such as straightening medium-large shafts or industrial-sized bearings. For general use, the DP 3 is sufficient with lower cost and footprint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693118296392,"sku":"06-1015","price":1017.52,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Pressa_manuale_a_cremagliera_Bernardo_D5_in_ghisa_grigia.jpg?v=1758093186"},{"product_id":"pressa-manuale-bernardo-dp1","title":"Bernardo DP1 Manual Rack and Pinion Press – solid steel, effective force 1,140 kg, workpiece height 135 mm","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo DP1 manual rack and pinion press features a torsion-free solid steel frame, effective force of 1,140 kg \/ 11,183 N with an adjustable 350 mm lever and 60 kg manual force, useful workpiece height of 135 mm, distance from column axis 95 mm, spindle 24×24×240 mm, and a Ø 115 mm rotary table with multiple openings (3 × Ø 17 mm, 1 × Ø 28 mm). Suitable for inserting\/removing bearings, bushings and small components, riveting, straightening, and broaching. Weighs 11 kg. Made in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as the official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEffective force (with 350 mm lever):\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,140 kg \/ 11,183 N\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMax workpiece height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 135 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistance from column axis:\u003c\/strong\u003e 95 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRotary table:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 115 mm with 4 openings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24 × 24 × 240 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStructure:\u003c\/strong\u003e Torsion-free solid steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 11 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the DP1 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo DP1 is the entry-level manual rack and pinion press in the DP family, sized for small components in craft workshops, maintenance laboratories, and mechanical departments. With a weight of 11 kg and dimensions of 190×270×330 mm, it is the most compact in the range, suitable for workbenches with limited space or for mobile workshops that require a portable tool. The effective force of 1,140 kg is sufficient for inserting\/extracting small bearings, standard bushings, precision assemblies, and light broaching operations on small parts. The useful height of 135 mm is the limit for manageable workpieces: beyond this measurement, a higher model in the family is needed. In Krollit customer laboratories, it is chosen by mechanical modeling hobbyists, precision workshops, watch and precision mechanism repairers, and maintenance departments where portability is important.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe DP1 is the entry point of the DP family. Above it: DP 2 (force 1,285 kg, workpiece height 190 mm, weight 30 kg); DP 3 (force 1,181 kg, workpiece height 300 mm, weight 40 kg); D5 \/ DP 5 (force 1,560 kg, workpiece height 445 mm, weight 160 kg cast iron). The progression is not only dimensional but also in purpose: DP1 for small precision, DP 2\/3 for intermediate generalist use, D5 for heavy-duty applications. The effective force does not scale linearly with weight: the DP 2 has greater force than the DP 3 (1,285 vs 1,181 kg) because the lever-rack ratio is optimized differently. For those working on pieces under 130 mm in height and looking for a compact and lightweight tool, the DP1 is the correct choice; for taller pieces, choose the appropriate DP model from the range with adequate useful height.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South). At 11 kg, it is shipped in a single protective package and can be handled and installed by one person. It must be fixed to a workbench using the mounting holes. Original Bernardo spare parts available from stock with 3-5 working day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the DP1 is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHobbyist passionate about fine mechanics\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompact size, adequate force for small bearings and bushings. Entry-level tool that covers the vast majority of hobby precision needs.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrecision workshop \/ mechanical watchmaking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,140 kg force sufficient for inserting minute bearings without damaging components. Rotary table with multiple openings allows precise positioning of small parts.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaintenance department with medium-sized parts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdequate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUseful workpiece height of 135 mm can be limiting. For standard general mechanical workshop parts, consider DP 2 (190 mm) or DP 3 (300 mm) with little price difference.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e working on pieces over 135 mm in height (consider DP 2, DP 3, or D5); applications requiring forces over 1.1 tons (DP 2 at 1.285 t or D5 at 1.56 t); high-volume serial production; on-site use without a stable support bench.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWorking capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax workpiece height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e135 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance from column axis\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e95 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManual force (on lever)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 kg \/ 588 N\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEffective force on workpiece\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,140 kg \/ 11,183 N\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLever length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e350 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle and rotary table\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24 × 24 × 240 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRotary table diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e115 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRotary table openings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 × Ø 17 mm \/ 1 × Ø 28 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e190 × 270 × 330 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 11 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFrame material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTorsion-free solid steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo DP 1 manual press (machine body)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRotary table with openings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable lever\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the DP1 really suitable for daily workshop use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, but for small parts under 135 mm in height. For generalist use on standard mechanical workshop parts, the DP 2 (190 mm workpiece height) is sized more correctly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe DP1 is a precision tool for small mechanics: watchmaking, model making, precision repairs. For general workshops with various parts, the 135 mm height can be limiting. The price difference between DP1 and DP 2 is contained: for growing workshops, the DP 2 is strategically preferable as an investment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I exert 1,140 kg with 60 kg of effort?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, that's the principle of the lever. With a 350 mm lever and the internal gear ratio of the rack, a manual effort of 60 kg multiplies by approximately 19 on the rack, reaching 1,140 kg of effective force on the workpiece.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe lever-force ratio is designed to generate forces adequate for the size of the workpieces. The DP1 with a 350 mm lever is the 'shortest' in the DP range: larger models have longer levers (D5 at 800 mm) to generate higher forces. For prolonged use, the 350 mm lever is also the most ergonomic for quick and repetitive movements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes it need to be fixed to the workbench?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it must be fixed using the mounting holes in the base. Without fixing, the press lifts during the pressing operation, reducing precision and safety.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFixing is particularly important on the DP1: its 11 kg weight is not enough to counteract the pressing reaction. Standard workbench fixing bolts are sufficient. For temporary or portable use, a heavy cast iron base is available as an accessory that can replace workbench fixing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I use the DP1 for wire bending?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, for precision bending of metal wire up to 4-5 mm in diameter on mild steel. For thicker wires, the available force may be insufficient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWire bending requires dedicated equipment (forming curves) mounted on the spindle. The DP1 is a general-purpose tool: with suitable accessories (purchased separately), it lends itself to various bending, riveting, and straightening applications. For repetitive bending in production, consider hydraulic presses with dedicated tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the expected useful life?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor intermittent craft use, the DP1 is designed for decades of durability. The rack is the component with the most wear: with minimal maintenance (periodic lubrication), it maintains precision for many years of daily use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe DP1 is a simple mechanical tool without electrical or hydraulic components subject to failure. Maintenance is reduced to periodic lubrication of the rack and greasing of the joints. For intensive professional use, it may be necessary to replace the rack after many years; original Bernardo spare parts are available from stock with 3-5 working day shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693119705416,"sku":"06-1000","price":140.3,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Pressa_manuale_a_cremagliera_Bernardo_DP1_compatta_da_banco.jpg?v=1758036498"},{"product_id":"pressa-manuale-bernardo-dp2","title":"Bernardo DP2 Manual Rack and Pinion Press – solid steel, effective force 1,285 kg, workpiece height 190 mm","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo DP2 manual rack and pinion press offers a solid, torsion-free steel structure, an effective force of 1,285 kg \/ 12,605 N with an adjustable 450 mm lever and a manual force of 60 kg, a useful working height of 190 mm, a column axis distance of 145 mm, a 31×31×350 mm ram, and a Ø 155 mm rotary table with multiple openings (3 × Ø 24 mm, 1 × Ø 35 mm). Suitable for inserting\/extracting bearings, bushings, small components, straightening, bending, light broaching. Weight 30 kg. Manufactured in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEffective force (with 450 mm lever):\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,285 kg \/ 12,605 N\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMax workpiece height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 190 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColumn axis distance:\u003c\/strong\u003e 145 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRotary table:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 155 mm with 4 openings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRam:\u003c\/strong\u003e 31 × 31 × 350 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStructure:\u003c\/strong\u003e Solid torsion-free steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 30 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the DP2 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo DP2 is the intermediate manual rack and pinion press in the DP family, a typical choice for general workshops seeking a compromise between capacity and footprint. With a useful workpiece height of 190 mm and an effective force of 1,285 kg, it covers the vast majority of mechanical workshop operations: inserting\/extracting standard bearings, mounting bushings, straightening small shafts, bending wire, and light broaching. Its 30 kg weight provides adequate stability while remaining transportable by one person. The effective force of 1,285 kg is the highest in the DP range at a weight lower than the D5 (160 kg): an optimized force-to-weight ratio for everyday artisanal use. In Krollit customers' laboratories, it is the most frequent choice among manual rack and pinion presses for general workshops, maintenance departments, and artisanal laboratories working with standard-sized parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe DP2 is the most balanced model in the DP family. Below it is the DP1 (force 1,140 kg, height 135 mm, weight 11 kg) for small applications; above it is the DP3 (force 1,181 kg, height 300 mm, weight 40 kg) for taller workpieces; and the D5 (force 1,560 kg, height 445 mm, weight 160 kg cast iron) for heavy-duty applications. The DP2 has the highest effective force in the range under 50 kg in weight: the DP3 trades off workpiece height (300 mm) for lower force (1,181 kg), the lever-rack ratio is balanced differently. For the vast majority of general workshops, the DP2 is the correctly sized choice: 190 mm workpiece height covers standard bearings, bushings, and small shafts, 1,285 kg force handles most standard operations, 30 kg weight allows occasional repositioning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics and Krollit support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South). At 30 kg, it is shipped in protective packaging and can be handled by one person. It must be fixed to a sturdy workbench using the mounting holes. Original Bernardo spare parts available from stock with 3-5 working days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the DP2 is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBalance of capacity-footprint suitable for advanced hobby use on standard-sized mechanical components. Durable tool for years of intermittent use.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGeneral mechanical workshop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMost frequent choice for everyday artisanal use. 1,285 kg force and 190 mm height cover the vast majority of standard mechanical workshop operations.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaintenance department \/ artisanal workshop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOptimal compromise between capacity and portability. For workpieces exceeding 190 mm in height, consider DP3 or D5.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e working on pieces over 190 mm high (consider DP3 or D5); applications requiring forces over 1.3 tons (D5); high-volume series production (the press is manual); on-site use without a stable support bench.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWorking capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax workpiece height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e190 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColumn axis distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e145 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManual force (on lever)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 kg \/ 588 N\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEffective force on workpiece\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,285 kg \/ 12,605 N\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLever length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e450 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eRam and rotary table\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRam dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e31 × 31 × 350 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRotary table diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e155 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRotary table openings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 × Ø 24 mm \/ 1 × Ø 35 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e220 × 415 × 430 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 30 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFrame material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSolid torsion-free steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo DP 2 manual press (machine body)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRotary table with openings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable lever\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the DP2 or DP3 better?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt depends on the typical height of the workpieces. The DP2 has a workpiece height of 190 mm and a force of 1,285 kg; the DP3 has a height of 300 mm but a lower force (1,181 kg). For small workpieces requiring high force, the DP2 is preferable; for tall workpieces, the DP3.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe key difference is not just dimensional but a trade-off: the DP3 sacrifices force for workpiece height, the DP2 sacrifices height for force. For use primarily with standard bearings and bushings, the DP2 is correctly sized. For tall workpieces (shafts, posts, profiles), the DP3 is necessary. The price difference is small.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I press bearings onto medium shafts?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, up to 190 mm workpiece height. For bearings on taller shafts, consider DP3 (300 mm) or D5 (445 mm).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMost bearings on workshop shafts fall within the 190 mm useful height. For specific applications (industrial motor shafts, long spindles), a press with greater useful height may be necessary. Check the total height of the assembled component (bearing + shaft overhang) before choosing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes it need to be fixed to the bench or is it stable on its own?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt must be fixed to the bench using the mounting holes. The 30 kg weight is not sufficient to counteract the pressing reaction: without fixing, the machine will lift during operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard bench bolts are sufficient. The bench must be sturdy and sized to withstand lateral forces during pressing. For workshops without an adequate bench, an optional heavy base is available as an accessory. For temporary or portable use, consider smaller models (DP1).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow fast is it at inserting standard bearings?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor standard bearings, the complete cycle (positioning, pressing, removal) takes 30-60 seconds. Speed is limited by workpiece positioning, not by the rack and pinion.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe DP2's rack and pinion has adequate travel for most pressing operations in a single pass. For deep insertions, it may be necessary to pump the lever multiple times: each lever stroke advances the ram by a few millimeters. For high-volume series production, consider hydraulic presses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow long do the rack and gears last?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn intermittent artisanal use, the DP2 is designed for decades of life with minimal maintenance (periodic lubrication). Mechanical components are sized for regular use without significant wear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe sign that intervention is needed is excessive play in the rack or difficulty of movement. Routine maintenance: grease the rack every 6-12 months depending on use. Original Bernardo spare parts available from stock with 3-5 working days shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693121573192,"sku":"06-1005","price":225.71,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Pressa_manuale_Bernardo_DP2_da_banco_con_leva_regolabile.jpg?v=1758038529"},{"product_id":"pressa-manuale-bernardo-dp3","title":"Bernardo DP3 Manual Rack and Pinion Press – solid steel, effective force 1,181 kg, workpiece height 300 mm","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo DP3 manual rack and pinion press offers a solid, torsion-free steel structure, an effective force of 1,181 kg \/ 11,585 N with an adjustable 500 mm lever and a manual force of 60 kg, a working height of 300 mm, a column axis distance of 150 mm, a 37×37×435 mm spindle, and a Ø 185 mm rotary table with multiple openings (2 × Ø 24 mm, 1 × Ø 28 mm, 1 × Ø 40 mm). Suitable for inserting\/extracting bearings, bushings, straightening medium shafts, bending, and light broaching. Weight 40 kg. Made in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEffective force (with 500 mm lever):\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,181 kg \/ 11,585 N\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMax workpiece height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 300 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColumn axis distance:\u003c\/strong\u003e 150 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRotary table:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 185 mm with 4 openings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle:\u003c\/strong\u003e 37 × 37 × 435 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStructure:\u003c\/strong\u003e Solid torsion-free steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 40 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the DP3 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo DP3 is the rack and pinion manual press from the DP family sized for workpieces up to 300 mm high, a typical choice for workshops that work on drive shafts, mechanical uprights, long profiles, and components that exceed the useful height of the DP2 (190 mm). The effective force of 1,181 kg with a 500 mm lever is dimensioned for inserting\/extracting standard bearings and bushings, straightening medium shafts, bending thick wire, and light broaching. The Ø 185 mm rotary table with four openings (24, 28, 40 mm) handles components of various sizes without changing tooling. In Krollit customers' laboratories, it is chosen by mechanical workshops working on transmissions, engine and gearbox repairers, transmission component manufacturers, and maintenance workshops that regularly work on shafts and tall components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn the DP family, the DP3 is the manual press for tall workpieces with intermediate dimensions. Below: DP1 (135 mm workpiece height, 11 kg) and DP2 (190 mm, 30 kg, superior force 1,285 kg). Above: D5 (445 mm, 160 kg cast iron, force 1,560 kg). The practical difference between DP3 and DP2: the DP3 sacrifices a bit of force (1,181 vs 1,285 kg) to offer an additional 110 mm of usable workpiece height. For workshops that primarily work on bearings on short shafts, the DP2 is more suitable: it has superior force with lower weight. For workshops that regularly work on tall workpieces (shafts, uprights, profiles), the DP3 is a must: the DP2 with its 190 mm usable height cannot accommodate them. For workpieces over 300 mm in height, move up to the D5 with its 445 mm usable height.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit Logistics and Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South). At 40 kg, it is shipped in protective packaging and can be handled by one person. It must be fixed to a sturdy workbench using the mounting holes. Original Bernardo spare parts available from stock with 3-5 working day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the DP3 for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMechanically enthusiastic hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor advanced hobby use on shafts and tall components. For bearings on standard shafts, the DP2 with superior force may be preferable.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMechanical workshop working on shafts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 mm usable workpiece height handles standard drive shafts, mechanical uprights, long profiles that the DP2 cannot accommodate. 1,181 kg force is adequate for standard bearings.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEngine \/ transmission component repairer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor disassembling and reassembling bearings on transmission components. Rotary table with multiple openings speeds up operation changes for bearings of different sizes.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e operations on workpieces over 300 mm in height (consider D5 with 445 mm); applications requiring forces over 1.2 tons (D5 with 1.56 tons); high-cadence series production; construction site use without a stable support bench.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWorking Capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax workpiece height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColumn axis distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManual force (on lever)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 kg \/ 588 N\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEffective force on workpiece\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,181 kg \/ 11,585 N\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLever length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpindle and Rotary Table\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e37 × 37 × 435 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRotary table diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e185 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRotary table openings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 × Ø 24 mm \/ 1 × Ø 28 mm \/ 1 × Ø 40 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and Weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 × 460 × 560 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 40 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFrame material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSolid torsion-free steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard Equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo DP 3 manual press (machine body)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRotary table with multiple openings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable lever\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhy does the DP3 have less force than the DP2 despite being larger?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe lever-rack ratio is designed differently: the DP3 prioritizes usable workpiece height (300 mm), accepting slightly lower force. It's a design trade-off choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe DP3's rack is longer than the DP2's to support taller workpieces, and this changes the internal mechanical ratio. The DP3 with a 500 mm lever and long rack has a ratio of 19.7:1, slightly lower than the DP2 (21.4:1 with a 450 mm lever). For applications requiring maximum force, the DP2 is preferable; for applications requiring usable height, the DP3 is a must.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of shafts can I work on?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard drive shafts up to 300 mm in length (with bearings) or longer components for the pressing part only. For shafts with total bearings up to 200-250 mm in length, the DP3 is correctly sized.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 300 mm usable height is the distance between the table and the spindle in the upper position: the workpiece must fit into this space. For shafts with lateral protrusions (keyway, integral gears), the effective usable height is reduced. Check the dimensions of the assembled component before choosing the press.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I use the DP3 to mount bearings on shafts without damaging them?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, with the correct technique. Use specific pressing tools (guide bushings, pressure rings) that distribute the force on the inner ring of the bearing, not on the rollers or the outer ring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInserting bearings without damaging them is a standard mechanical technique: the press applies the force, but it is the intermediate tooling that distributes it correctly. Without adequate tooling, any press risks damaging the bearings. The DP3 with its multiple openings on the rotary table allows for flexible use of various sized tooling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes it need to be fixed to the workbench?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, with the mounting holes in the base. The 40 kg weight is not sufficient to maintain stability during significant pressing operations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe workbench must be sized to withstand lateral and lifting forces during pressing. Standard fastening bolts are sufficient. For workshops without an adequate bench, an optional cast iron base is available for semi-stationary use. For temporary or portable use, consider DP1 or DP2.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich among DP1, DP2, DP3, D5 makes sense for my workshop?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt depends on the typical workpiece height and the required force. In summary: DP1 for small workpieces under 135 mm (force 1,140 kg, weight 11 kg); DP2 for standard workpieces under 190 mm with superior force (1,285 kg, weight 30 kg); DP3 for tall workpieces under 300 mm (force 1,181 kg, weight 40 kg); D5 for tall workpieces under 445 mm with superior force (1,560 kg, weight 160 kg cast iron).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe choice is not automatic: workshops with varied work may find it makes sense to consider two complementary presses (e.g., DP1 for precision + DP3 for tall workpieces) instead of a single compromised one. The price of DPs is contained, and each is specific to a type of application. For general workshops with only one tool, the DP2 is the best balance between force, workpiece height, and footprint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693123637576,"sku":"06-1010","price":341.61,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Pressa_manuale_Bernardo_DP3_da_banco_con_leva_regolabile.jpg?v=1758039224"},{"product_id":"pressa-idraulica-bernardo-hcp-100","title":"Bernardo HCP 100 Single-Column Hydraulic Press – 100 tons, C-frame, 7.5 kW motor","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo HCP 100 single column hydraulic press offers a pressing force of 100 tons, a C-frame structure with front access, a piston with a 300 mm stroke, a lower table of 600×1,100 mm with a Ø 120 mm through-hole, an upper ram of 420×680 mm, a usable depth (throat) of 260 mm, a 7.5 kW motor, a 300-liter oil tank, an approach speed of 17.5 mm\/sec, a working speed of 5.5 mm\/sec, and a return speed of 37 mm\/sec. Weight: 5,400 kg. Suitable for punching, stamping, shrinking, and industrial assembly. Manufactured in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePressing force:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100 tons\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStructure:\u003c\/strong\u003e C-frame (front access)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLower table:\u003c\/strong\u003e 600 × 1,100 mm with Ø 120 mm through-hole\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUsable depth (throat):\u003c\/strong\u003e 260 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePiston (stroke):\u003c\/strong\u003e 300 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7.5 kW – 400V three-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 5,400 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the HCP 100 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo HCP 100 is the intermediate single-column hydraulic press in the HCP family, sized for industrial applications between the 60 tons of the HCP 60 and the 150 of the HCP 150. With a 600×1,100 mm table, Ø 120 mm through-hole, and 260 mm throat, it offers front access for stamping, punching, and shrinking medium-to-large components. The working speed of 5.5 mm\/sec is the natural balance between the available 100 tons and cycle times: faster than the HCP 150 (3.5 mm\/sec) but slower than the HCP 60 (8.5 mm\/sec). The 300-liter oil tank (vs 200 of the HCP 60) better manages heat during prolonged cycles, making the machine sized for continuous industrial use. In Krollit's customers' workshops, it is chosen by industrial mechanical workshops, medium-heavy stamping, mold makers, industrial mechanical component maintenance, and precision workshops for medium-sized parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe HCP 100 occupies the upper-intermediate segment of the HCP family. Below: HCP 30, HCP 60. Above: HCP 150 (top of the range). The 600×1,100 mm table and the Ø 120 mm through-hole are the same as the HCP 150: the difference is in tonnage and cycle times. For applications using medium-sized molds (typical 450×900 mm) but not requiring 150 tons, the HCP 100 is correctly sized with faster cycles. For applications regularly requiring 130-150 tons, the HCP 150 is the logical choice. The price difference between HCP 100 and HCP 150 is significant: for workshops operating predominantly below 100 tons, the HCP 100 avoids oversizing. For mixed applications with occasional peaks above 100 tons, evaluate whether it is preferable to oversize with HCP 150 or limit applications to the HCP 100 capacity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics and Krollit support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to the South). At 5,400 kg, it requires a crane or forklift of adequate capacity for unloading. Dimensions 1,335 × 1,300 × 2,750 mm: check ceiling height. Original Bernardo spare pistons, seals, hydraulic pump, and accessories are available from stock with 3-5 business day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the HCP 100 for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial machine with a weight of 5,400 kg and 100 tons. 400V three-phase line required. Exclusively professional application.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial mechanical workshop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 tons with a large table (600×1,100 mm) cover most standard industrial applications. 300-liter tank sized for continuous use.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMold maker \/ industrial production\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable for medium-sized molds and series production. Ø 120 mm through-hole allows through-punching and operations with scrap.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e applications requiring over 100 tons (consider HCP 150); long parts with pressures at different points (DKS portal range); workshops without an industrial 400V three-phase line; automated series production with CNC positioning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003ePressing capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax pressing force\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 tons\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePiston stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUsable depth (throat)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e260 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable - ram distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTable and ram\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLower table dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 × 1,100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThrough-hole in the table\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 120 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpper ram dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e420 × 680 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpeed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproach speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e17.5 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5.5 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReturn speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e37 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHydraulic system\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7.5 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePump flow rate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 l\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOil tank capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 liters\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V – 50Hz – three-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,335 × 1,300 × 2,750 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 5,400 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery Directive 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePre-assembled Bernardo HCP 100 hydraulic press\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHydraulic unit with 7.5 kW motor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWork table with central hole\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGround upper ram\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e300-liter oil tank\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eControl panel with safety system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the HCP 100 or HCP 150 better?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt depends on the maximum tonnage required. Up to 90 tons, the HCP 100 is correctly sized. For applications that regularly exceed 90-100 tons, the HCP 150 is the logical choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe HCP 100 and HCP 150 share the same table (600×1,100 mm) and through-hole (Ø 120 mm): identical geometry. The only difference is in tonnage and speeds. Constantly working at 90-100% of nominal capacity increases wear and energy consumption. Oversizing the press allows for optimal operation, but costs more. For general workshops with mixed applications around 80-100 tons, the HCP 100 is the correct sizing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I use it for deep drawing?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor medium-deep drawing, yes (sheets up to 3-4 mm on standard shapes). The 300 mm piston stroke is adequate for most standard industrial drawing applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDeep drawing requires force, adequate stroke, and correct mold geometry. The HCP 100 with 300 mm stroke and 100 tons handles most medium drawing. For extreme drawing on thick sheet metal (over 4 mm), consider HCP 150 or portal presses. For series production on specific drawing, consider dedicated presses with servo controls.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the 7.5 kW motor sufficient for continuous use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The 300-liter oil tank is sized to manage the heat generated during prolonged cycles. The HCP 100 is designed for standard continuous industrial use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHydraulic oil heats up due to friction during operation; the 300-liter tank (50% larger than the HCP 60) provides sufficient thermal mass for prolonged daily cycles without exceeding operating temperatures. For intensive use in a hot environment or for extreme duty cycles, installing an optional heat exchanger may be advisable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I use different sized molds?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The 600×1,100 mm table accommodates molds of various sizes; the Ø 120 mm through-hole allows for scrap ejection and through-operations. Molds larger than 600×1,100 mm cannot be installed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMost standard industrial molds fit within the table dimensions. For larger molds, it is recommended to plan ahead: the HCP 100 has a fixed, non-expandable geometry. For production of components significantly larger than the table, consider the DKS portal range, where the movable frame and 2,550 mm between uprights handle larger parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much does it consume in standard production?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 7.5 kW motor, at full load, typically consumes 7.5-8.5 kWh per hour of actual operation. In standard production with a 60-70% duty cycle, the average consumption is 5-6 kWh per hour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor workshops with significant electricity costs, it is recommended to organize cycles to minimize standby times with the motor running. Switching off between spaced cycles reduces average consumption. For continuous use, consumption is close to the nominal maximum. Optional energy recovery systems are available on advanced industrial versions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693128520008,"sku":"06-2142","price":0.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_HCP_100_Pressa_idraulica_a_colonna_singola_da_100_tonnellate.jpg?v=1758028582"},{"product_id":"bernardo-pressa-idraulica-ap-1020-150","title":"Bernardo AP 1020-150 Universal Industrial Hydraulic Press - 150 tons, 1,020 mm width, 11 kW motor","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo AP 1020-150 universal hydraulic industrial press offers a pressing force of 150 tons, a usable working width of 1,020 mm, a usable height of 275 mm, a lower table of 600×1,020 mm with a Ø 100 mm through hole, a piston stroke of 300 mm, bending capacity up to 8 mm, adjustable speeds (advance 10 mm\/sec, working 5 mm\/sec, return 10 mm\/sec), an 11 kW motor, and a solid cast iron structure. Weight 3,200 kg. Suitable for bending, stamping, straightening, and assembling metal components. Manufactured in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePressing force:\u003c\/strong\u003e 150 tons\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUsable working width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,020 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUsable working height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 275 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLower table:\u003c\/strong\u003e 600 × 1,020 mm with Ø 100 mm through hole\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBending capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e up to 8 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 11 kW – 400V three-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 3,200 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the AP 1020-150 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo AP 1020-150 is a universal hydraulic industrial press, designed as a single solution that combines multiple applications: bending, stamping, straightening, assembly. The difference with HCP presses (C-frame, front access) and DKS presses (portal, mobile frame) is structural: the AP is a universal press with a wide table and ample usable passage, dimensioned to handle pieces requiring mixed processes. Its bending capacity up to 8 mm distinguishes it: with dedicated V-tools, it bends sheets up to this thickness, a function that HCP presses do not natively offer. The adjustable speeds (advance 10, working 5, return 10 mm\/sec) balance productivity and control. In Krollit customers' workshops, it is chosen by general industrial mechanical workshops, mixed fabrication shops with various processes, manufacturers who alternate bending and pressing, and industrial prototyping laboratories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn the Bernardo AP universal press range, the AP 1020-150 is the model with the smallest width (1,020 mm) and maximum tonnage (150 t). Also available are AP 1520-100 (width 1,520 mm, 100 t) and AP 1520-150 (width 1,520 mm, 150 t): each tonnage-width combination covers specific needs. The choice between AP 1020-150 and AP 1520-150: same tonnage but different usable width (1,020 vs 1,520 mm). For pieces under 1 meter wide, the AP 1020-150 is correctly sized; for wider pieces, the AP 1520-150 is mandatory. The AP 1020-150 weighs 3,200 kg vs 3,500 kg for the AP 1520-150: a slight difference due to the shorter frame. Compared to the HCP and DKS ranges, the difference is in purpose: AP presses are universal for mixed processes, while HCP and DKS presses are dedicated (HCP for front stamping, DKS for gantry for large pieces).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to Southern Italy). With 3,200 kg, it requires a crane or forklift of adequate capacity. Dimensions 2,150 × 1,400 × 2,340 mm: check workshop access. Original Bernardo tools, spare parts, and accessories available from stock with 3-5 working day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the AP 1020-150 for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial machine requiring 3,200 kg weight and 400V three-phase line. Exclusively professional application.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGeneral industrial mechanical workshop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 tons with bending capacity up to 8 mm cover typical mixed processes of a general workshop. Ø 100 mm through hole allows punching and shrink-fitting.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMixed fabrication \/ prototyping\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUniversal solution for workshops that alternate bending, pressing, straightening. The bending capacity up to 8 mm distinguishes the AP from HCP presses, which do not bend thick sheet metal.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot recommended for:\u003c\/strong\u003e operations requiring over 150 tons (consider DKS 200\/300\/400 gantry presses); pieces over 1,020 mm usable width (consider AP 1520-150); bending long sheet metal in series production (prefer dedicated AKPL press brakes); workshops without an industrial 400V three-phase line.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003ePressing capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax pressing force\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 tons\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePiston stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUsable working width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,020 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUsable working height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e275 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBending capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eup to 8 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTable\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLower table\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 × 1,020 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable through hole\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpeed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdvance speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReturn speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V – 50Hz – three-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2,150 × 1,400 × 2,340 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 3,200 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStructure material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSolid cast iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery Directive 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo AP 1020-150 universal hydraulic press\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLower table with Ø 100 mm through hole\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated hydraulic system with high-performance pump\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUniversal safety devices\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet of tools and tie rods\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between a universal AP press and an HCP press?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHCP presses are C-frame presses dedicated to stamping and shrink-fitting with front access; AP presses are universal presses with a wide table and bending capacity. AP presses handle mixed processes (bending + pressing), while HCP presses are optimized for pressing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe choice depends on the typical type of work. For workshops that only do stamping\/shrink-fitting, the HCP is the more direct choice; for workshops that alternate thick sheet metal bending and pressing, the AP is universal. The AP 1020-150 with an 8 mm bending capacity covers operations that the HCP 150 cannot natively perform. The price difference between the two categories is limited: the AP costs slightly more than the equivalent HCP due to its greater flexibility of use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I bend sheet metal up to 8 mm with the AP 1020-150?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, with dedicated V-tools. The nominal capacity of 8 mm refers to mild steel with a V-die correctly sized for the thickness. For sheet metal over 8 mm, consider dedicated AKPL press brakes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBending is a secondary function of the AP, not its primary one: the machine is optimized for pressing, but with adequate tools, it bends sheet metal within its capacity. For series production bending of thick sheet metal, it is recommended to consider AKPL industrial press brakes, dedicated to bending with cylinder synchronization and NC control. For occasional bending integrated with other operations, the AP 1020-150 is adequate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the solid cast iron structure better than welded steel?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor industrial presses, cast iron offers greater stability under static loads and better vibration damping. It is the traditional choice for precision industrial presses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo presses of the AP series use cast iron for the main frame: this distinguishes them from entry-level industrial presses with welded steel frames that are less expensive but subject to vibrations and deformations over time. For daily industrial use, cast iron is a choice that pays off in terms of durability and precision. For occasional use, the difference is less perceptible.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much does the 11 kW motor consume during production?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 11 kW motor typically draws 11-12 kWh per hour of actual operation at full load. In standard production with a 60-70% duty cycle, the average consumption is 7-8 kWh per hour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe absorption depends on the fraction of time the motor is under thrust vs. resting. For workshops with significant electricity costs, it is recommended to plan cycles to reduce standby times with the motor on. Turning off the motor between spaced cycles reduces average consumption.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much operating space is needed in the workshop?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine dimensions are 2,150 × 1,400 × 2,340 mm. For handling pieces, an operating area of at least 4 × 3 m with a minimum ceiling height of 2.8 m is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe height of 2,340 mm allows installation in workshops with standard 3-meter ceilings. The 3,200 kg weight requires a standard industrial floor, not a light-duty one. The 600×1,020 mm table handles standard-sized pieces for light and medium fabrication. For wider pieces, consider the AP 1520 (1,520 mm usable width).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693133074760,"sku":"06-2122","price":0.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Pressa_industriale_idraulica_Bernardo_AP_1020-150_150_ton.jpg?v=1758121392"},{"product_id":"bernardo-pressa-idraulica-ap-1520-100","title":"Bernardo AP 1520-100 Universal Hydraulic Industrial Press – 100 tons, 1,520 mm width, 7.5 kW motor","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo AP 1520-100 universal hydraulic industrial press offers 100 tonnes of pressing force, a useful working width of 1,520 mm, a useful height of 325 mm, a lower table of 500×1,520 mm with a Ø 100 mm through hole, a piston stroke of 300 mm, bending capacity up to 8 mm, adjustable speeds (advance 8 mm\/sec, working 5 mm\/sec, return 10 mm\/sec), a 7.5 kW motor, and a solid cast iron structure. Weight 3,300 kg. Suitable for bending, stamping, and straightening large workpieces. Manufactured in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as the official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePressing force:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100 tonnes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUseful working width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,520 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUseful working height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 325 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLower table:\u003c\/strong\u003e 500 × 1,520 mm with Ø 100 mm through hole\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBending capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e up to 8 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7.5 kW – 400V three-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 3,300 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the AP 1520-100 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo AP 1520-100 is a universal hydraulic industrial press sized for large workpieces up to 1,520 mm wide. With 100 tonnes of force distributed over a 500×1,520 mm table, it is the choice for workshops that regularly process wide components: light carpentry frames, standard 1,500 mm sheet metal, industrial panels, long profiles. The useful width of 1,520 mm distinguishes it from the AP 1020 (1,020 mm): it allows for processing pieces in a single operation that the 1020 would have to process in multiple stages or could not accommodate. The useful height of 325 mm (vs 275 mm of the AP 1020) offers more vertical space for tall dies and spacious equipment. The 100 tonnes are suitable for wide pieces with distributed pressures: for large pieces requiring high concentrated pressures, the AP 1520-150 is correctly sized. In Krollit customers' workshops, it is chosen by light-medium carpentry workshops, metal frame manufacturers, industrial panel builders, and workshops that process standard format sheet metal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn the AP universal press range, the AP 1520-100 is the model with the largest width (1,520 mm) and lower tonnage (100 t). Above it is the AP 1520-150 (same width 1,520 mm, 150 tonnes, 11 kW motor): for applications requiring more force over the same width. Alongside it is the AP 1020-150 (1,020 mm width, 150 tonnes): for narrower pieces with more force. The choice between AP 1520-100 and AP 1020-150 depends on the compromise between width and force. For wide pieces (over 1 meter), the 1520-100 is necessary; for narrower pieces requiring more force, the 1020-150. For those who want both (1,520 mm width + 150 t force), the AP 1520-150 is the top choice. The price difference between the three models is proportional to power\/size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics and Krollit support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days to the South). At 3,300 kg, it requires a crane or forklift of adequate capacity. Dimensions 2,650 × 1,400 × 2,250 mm: verify laboratory access. Original Bernardo tools, spare parts, and accessories available from stock with 3-5 working days shipping. Customer assistance available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the AP 1520-100 is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot suitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial machine weighing 3,300 kg and requiring a 400V three-phase line. Exclusively professional application.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLight-medium carpentry workshop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUseful width of 1,520 mm handles standard frames and panels. 100 tonnes are adequate for most distributed pressing over large widths.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePanel production \/ frame builder\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor pieces exceeding 1 meter in width, the AP 1520-100 is the correctly sized choice. Bending capacity up to 8 mm on widths up to 1.5 meters.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e applications requiring over 100 tonnes on the same width (consider AP 1520-150 with 150 t); pieces over 1,520 mm useful width (consider DKS portal range); series production bending of long sheet metal (prefer dedicated AKPL bending machines); workshops without an industrial 400V three-phase line.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003ePressing capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax pressing force\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 tonnes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePiston stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUseful working width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,520 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUseful working height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e325 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBending capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eup to 8 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTable\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLower table\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 × 1,520 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable through hole\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpeed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdvance speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReturn speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7.5 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V – 50Hz – three-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2,650 × 1,400 × 2,250 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 3,300 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStructure material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSolid cast iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/CE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo AP 1520-100 universal hydraulic press\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLower table with Ø 100 mm through hole\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated hydraulic system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUniversal safety devices\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet of tools and tie rods\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhen does it make sense to choose the AP 1520-100 instead of the AP 1020-150?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen the width of the workpieces is the predominant constraint. The 1520-100 has an additional 500 mm of useful width but 50 tonnes less force. For pieces over 1 meter, the 1520-100 is necessary; for narrower pieces, the 1020-150 offers more force.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe choice is strategic and depends on the typical work in the workshop. For manufacturers of panels, frames, standard 1,500 mm sheet metal, the 1520-100 is correctly sized. For workshops that primarily process narrow mechanical components (shafts, profiles, supports), the 1020-150 is preferable. For those who want both (1,520 mm width + 150 t force), the AP 1520-150 combines both features at a higher cost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre 100 tonnes sufficient over such a large width?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor pressures uniformly distributed over the 1,520 mm width, yes. For concentrated pressures on a single point, 100 tonnes is the limit: for very high concentrations, consider the AP 1520-150 with 150 tonnes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe effective pressure on the workpiece depends on the contact surface: 100 tonnes concentrated over 100 cm² produce a pressure of 10 t\/cm², the same value with 1,000 cm² is 100 kg\/cm². For distributed pressing, the 1520-100 is correctly sized. For deep drawing or concentrated force fitting, the 1520-150 is preferable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I use the AP 1520-100 for bending long sheet metal?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor occasional bending, yes, up to 8 mm thickness over lengths within 1,520 mm. For series production bending, consider dedicated AKPL bending machines with cylinder synchronization and NC control.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe AP is a universal press, not a dedicated bending machine: it correctly bends sheet metal within its capacity but lacks the specific features of AKPL machines (cylinder synchronization, backgauge with ball screw, NC control). For workshops with bending as their primary operation, the AKPL is preferable; for mixed workshops with occasional bending, the AP is adequate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the AP 1520-100 work with a standard industrial meter?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The 7.5 kW motor (smaller than the 11 kW motor of the AP 150) is powered by standard industrial meters. This is an advantage compared to the AP 1520-150.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe power consumption of the 7.5 kW motor can be managed by standard industrial electrical panels without special sizing. For workshops with limitations on available power, the AP 1520-100 is the more accessible choice compared to the AP 1520-150 (11 kW motor). The difference in electricity consumption over time can be significant for workshops with intensive use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eThe advance speed of 8 mm\/sec is low compared to the AP 1020-150 (10 mm\/sec). Why?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe difference is due to the motor: 7.5 kW vs 11 kW. For the same pump capacity, the less powerful motor produces slightly lower speeds. It's a trade-off between costs (motor) and cycle rate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor high-volume series production, the difference between 8 and 10 mm\/sec translates into slightly slower cycles (8-10% more time per cycle). For intermittent use, the difference is negligible. The AP 1520-100 with a 7.5 kW motor is sized for standard daily use, not for high-volume automated production.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693134451016,"sku":"06-2121","price":0.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Pressa_industriale_idraulica_Bernardo_AP_1520-100_100_ton.jpg?v=1758122564"},{"product_id":"bernardo-pressa-idraulica-ap-1520-150","title":"Bernardo AP 1520-150 Universal Industrial Hydraulic Press – 150 tons, 1,520 mm width, 11 kW motor","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo AP 1520-150 universal industrial hydraulic press offers a pressing force of 150 tons, a useful working width of 1,520 mm, a useful height of 275 mm, a lower table of 600×1,520 mm with a Ø 100 mm through-hole, a piston stroke of 300 mm, bending capacity up to 8 mm, adjustable speeds (advance 10 mm\/sec, work 5 mm\/sec, return 10 mm\/sec), an 11 kW motor, and a solid cast iron structure. Weight 3,500 kg. Top of the range of AP universal presses: maximum useful width combined with maximum force. Manufactured in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePressing force:\u003c\/strong\u003e 150 tons\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUseful working width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,520 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUseful working height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 275 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLower table:\u003c\/strong\u003e 600 × 1,520 mm with Ø 100 mm through-hole\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBending capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e up to 8 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 11 kW – 400V three-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 3,500 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the AP 1520-150 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo AP 1520-150 is the top of the range of AP universal presses, combining the maximum useful width (1,520 mm) with the maximum force (150 tons) in the family. It is the choice for industrial workshops that regularly process large pieces and require high distributed pressures. The advance speed of 10 mm\/sec is the maximum value in the AP family, comparable to the AP 1020-150 (both with 11 kW motor): faster series production compared to the AP 1520-100 (8 mm\/sec with 7.5 kW motor). The 600×1,520 mm table with a Ø 100 mm through-hole and a useful height of 275 mm cover standard industrial processing of wide workpieces. In Krollit customer laboratories, it is chosen by industrial metal fabrication shops, large-format sheet metal working shops, industrial frame manufacturers, and component manufacturers who require mixed processing on wide workpieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe AP 1520-150 is at the top of the Bernardo AP universal press range. Below it, other AP models (1020-150, 1520-100) offer trade-offs on one of the two dimensions (width or tonnage) for lower costs. Above the AP in the Bernardo range are DKS gantry presses (200\/300\/400 t) for long workpieces with a mobile frame, and dedicated AKPL press brakes for industrial series bending. The difference with DKS: AP is universal (bending + pressing), DKS is dedicated to pressing on long workpieces with a mobile frame. The difference with AKPL: AP handles occasional bending, AKPL is an industrial press brake with cylinder synchronization and NC control. For general industrial workshops with mixed processing and wide workpieces, the AP 1520-150 is the most complete choice in the universal category. For dedicated specialized applications, the DKS or AKPL are sized differently.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit Logistics and Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days for Southern Italy). With 3,500 kg, it requires a crane or forklift of adequate capacity. Dimensions 2,650 × 1,400 × 2,340 mm: verify access to the workshop. Original Bernardo tools, spare parts, and accessories available from stock with shipping in 3-5 business days. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the AP 1520-150 for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTop-of-the-range industrial machine. Exclusively professional application.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial metal fabrication\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum useful width (1,520 mm) and maximum force (150 t) of the AP range. Suitable for complete industrial processing of wide workpieces: bending, pressing, shrinking, straightening.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStructure production \/ sheet metal working shop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor workshops that require the universal top of the Bernardo range. For dedicated applications (only pressing on long workpieces, only industrial bending) consider DKS or AKPL.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e exclusively pressing long workpieces (DKS range is specialized and more suitable); series production of industrial bending (AKPL range with NC); pieces over 1,520 mm useful width; occasional use (oversizing, consider smaller AP models).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003ePressing capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax pressing force\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 tons\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePiston stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUseful working width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,520 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUseful working height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e275 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBending capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eup to 8 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTable\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLower table\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 × 1,520 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable through-hole\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpeed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdvance speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReturn speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V – 50Hz – three-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × D × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2,650 × 1,400 × 2,340 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 3,500 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStructure material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSolid cast iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery Directive 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo AP 1520-150 universal hydraulic press\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLower table with Ø 100 mm through-hole\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated hydraulic system with high-performance pump\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUniversal protective devices\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet of tools and tie rods\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the price difference worth it compared to the AP 1520-100?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt depends on the typical work. The AP 1520-150 has 50 more tons and an advance speed of 10 mm\/sec (vs 8) thanks to the 11 kW motor (vs 7.5 kW). For series production on jobs requiring higher force, the difference pays off; for occasional use, the 1520-100 is sufficient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe choice between the two depends on the duty cycle and the required tonnage. For workshops with regular processing at 100-130 tons, the 1520-100 at the limit of its capacity wears out more quickly: the 1520-150 operates at optimal regime (50-70% of nominal capacity). For predominantly use below 80-90 tons, the 1520-100 is correctly sized with a significantly lower cost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I bend thick sheet metal with the AP 1520-150?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, up to 8 mm thick (nominal bending capacity of the AP family). For series production on thick sheet metal or for superior bending quality, consider dedicated industrial AKPL press brakes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 8 mm capacity refers to mild steel with correctly sized V-tools. For sheet metal over 8 mm, the AP is not suitable, and for series production, the AKPL offers specific features (cylinder synchronization, NC control, precise backgauge) that the AP does not have. For those who regularly bend sheet metal up to 8 mm occasionally and also do pressing\/shrinking, the AP 1520-150 is the correct universal choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the solid cast iron structure limit the machine's movement in the workshop?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the 3,500 kg cast iron makes moving it a non-trivial operation. For occasional repositioning, a heavy-duty pallet jack or forklift is needed. For fixed use, the machine is sized to remain in position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCast iron is a dense and stable material, suitable for stability in operation but not for portability. For workshops undergoing spatial organization, it is important to plan the final position in advance. Once positioned, the AP 1520-150 is designed for multi-decade use in the same position. For occasional movements, contact industrial installers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the expected service life of an industrial press in this range?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor standard industrial use, a Bernardo press from the AP range is designed for a service life of over 20 years with regular maintenance. Wear parts (piston seals, bearings, hydraulic pump) are replaceable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe solid cast iron structure does not wear out: the 3,500 kg weight is a structural dimensioning that ensures multi-decade durability. Components subject to maintenance are replaceable parts with original Bernardo spares available. For continuous intensive use, seal replacement typically occurs every 3-5 years; other components have a longer lifespan.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow much does it consume in standard production?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 11 kW motor typically consumes 11-12 kWh per hour of actual operation at full load. In standard production with a 60-70% duty cycle, the average consumption is 7-8 kWh per hour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor workshops with significant electricity costs, it is recommended to organize cycles to minimize standby times with the motor running. Turning it off between spaced cycles reduces average consumption. For continuous use, consumption is close to the maximum nominal. Optional energy recovery systems are available on advanced industrial versions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693135270216,"sku":"06-2123","price":0.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Pressa_industriale_idraulica_Bernardo_AP_1520-150_150_ton.jpg?v=1758123441"},{"product_id":"bernardo-pressa-idraulica-at-1020-100","title":"Bernardo AT 1020-100 universal hydraulic industrial press – 100 tons, 1,020 mm width, 680 mm working height, 7.5 kW motor","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo AT 1020-100 universal hydraulic industrial press offers 100 tons of pressing force, a useful working width of 1,020 mm, a useful height of 680 mm, a lower table of 500×1,020 mm with a Ø 100 mm through-hole, a piston stroke of 300 mm, an advance speed of 8 mm\/sec, a working speed of 5 mm\/sec, a return speed of 10 mm\/sec, a 7.5 kW motor, and a solid cast iron structure. Weight 2,800 kg. Suitable for molding, bending, straightening, and assembly of tall workpieces. Manufactured in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePressing force:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100 tons\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUseful working width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,020 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUseful working height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 680 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLower table:\u003c\/strong\u003e 500 × 1,020 mm with Ø 100 mm through-hole\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePiston stroke:\u003c\/strong\u003e 300 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7.5 kW – 400V three-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 2,800 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the AT 1020-100 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo AT 1020-100 is the universal low-force press in the AT family, sized for operations requiring generous useful height (680 mm, the highest in the family) but not maximum forces. The 680 mm useful height is the highest value among Bernardo AP\/AT universal presses: it allows for processing of tall molds and vertical components that AP presses with 275 mm cannot accommodate, and even the AT 1520-150 with 610 mm cannot reach. The 100 tons are sized for tall molds that require distributed, not concentrated, pressures. In Krollit customer workshops, it is chosen by mechanical workshops with deep molds, manufacturers of vertical components (cylinders, tall shafts), and prototyping laboratories that alternate different molds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe AT 1020-100 is the entry-level model of Bernardo's AT family. Above it are the AT 1020-150 (same width, 150 t, 610 mm height) for more force but less height, and the AT 1520-150 (1,520 mm width, 150 t, 610 mm height) for wider workpieces. A distinctive feature of the AT 1020-100: it has the most extended useful height in the family (680 mm vs 610 mm for other ATs). This design choice makes sense: with lower tonnage, the structure can be taller without compromising stability. For workshops that work with very tall molds but do not require 150 tons, the AT 1020-100 is the most targeted choice in the range. For those who want more force and accept 70 mm less height, they can move up to the AT 1020-150 or AT 1520-150.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit Logistics and Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to Southern Italy). At 2,800 kg, it requires a crane or forklift of adequate capacity. Dimensions 2,150 × 1,400 × 2,480 mm: check workshop access. Original Bernardo tools, spare parts, and accessories available from stock with 3-5 business day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the AT 1020-100 for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial machine with a weight of 2,800 kg and requiring a 400V three-phase line. Exclusively professional application.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorkshop with deep and tall molds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUseful height of 680 mm is the most extended in the AT family. Allows molding on tall vertical components that would require specialized industrial presses.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufacturer of vertical components\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor cylinders, tall shafts, vertical assemblies. 100 tons are adequate for distributed pressures on tall molds.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot recommended for:\u003c\/strong\u003e applications requiring over 100 tons (consider AT 1020-150 at 150 t); flat machining that does not utilize the 680 mm height (the AP 1020 is more economical); parts wider than 1,020 mm (consider AT 1520-150); workshops without an industrial 400V three-phase line.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003ePressing capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax pressing force\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 tons\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePiston stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUseful working width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,020 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUseful working height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e680 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTable\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLower table\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 × 1,020 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable through-hole\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpeed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdvance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWork\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReturn\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7.5 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V – 50Hz – three-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2,150 × 1,400 × 2,480 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 2,800 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStructure material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSolid cast iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo AT 1020-100 universal hydraulic press\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLower table with Ø 100 mm through-hole\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eComplete hydraulic system with integrated pump\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUniversal safety devices\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBasic tool set for assembly and maintenance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhy does the AT 1020-100 have a useful height of 680 mm, while the AT 1020-150 only has 610 mm?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith lower tonnage (100 vs 150 t), the structure can be designed taller without compromising overall stability. It's a deliberate trade-off: less force but more vertical space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 50 fewer tons allow for a less massive but taller structure. For workshops that prioritize mold height, this choice is strategic. Workshops that require maximum force with intermediate height choose the AT 1020-150. Those who want both characteristics at their maximum must switch to dedicated industrial presses outside the universal AP\/AT range.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the practical difference with the AP 1020-100 (100 t, 1,020 mm width)?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe AP 1020-100 does not exist in the standard Bernardo range: for 100 t and 1,020 mm width, only the AT version with 680 mm useful height exists. For 100 t in AP format, the AP 1520-100 (1,520 mm width, 325 mm height) is needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe AP range is optimized for limited heights (275-325 mm), the AT range for extended heights (610-680 mm). Bernardo does not offer all possible combinations: for each width-tonnage configuration, it chooses the useful height consistent with typical use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the 7.5 kW motor sufficient for continuous use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The motor is sized for continuous cycles with an advance speed of 8 mm\/sec. For series production with standard cycle times, the AT 1020-100 operates without thermal limitations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 7.5 kW power consumption is manageable by standard industrial control panels without special sizing. For workshops with limited available power, the AT 1020-100 is the most accessible choice in the AT family (the AT 1020-150 requires 11 kW).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I work with components larger than 500×1,020 mm?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnly if the part fits on the table in a different orientation or if the pressing is concentrated in an area that falls within the table. For consistently larger parts, consider the AT 1520-150 (600×1,520 mm table).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe lower table of the AT 1020-100 is 500×1,020 mm: the part must rest on this surface for pressing. Wider parts can overhang laterally if they do not require pressure in that area. For series production on larger parts, it is recommended to switch to a properly sized press.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow much operational space is needed in the workshop?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine dimensions are 2,150 × 1,400 × 2,480 mm. For workpiece handling, an operational area of at least 3.5 × 3 m with a minimum ceiling height of 3 m is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe height of 2,480 mm allows installation in workshops with standard 3-meter ceilings. The weight of 2,800 kg is the lowest in the AT family, facilitating initial installation and handling.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693136810312,"sku":"06-2110","price":0.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Pressa_industriale_idraulica_Bernardo_AT_1020-100_100_ton.jpg?v=1758116819"},{"product_id":"bernardo-pressa-idraulica-at-1020-150","title":"Bernardo AT 1020-150 Universal Hydraulic Industrial Press – 150 tons, width 1,020 mm, working height 610 mm, 11 kW motor","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo AT 1020-150 universal industrial hydraulic press offers a pressing force of 150 tons, a useful working width of 1,020 mm, a useful height of 610 mm, a lower table of 600×1,020 mm with a Ø 100 mm through hole, a piston stroke of 300 mm, an advance speed of 9 mm\/sec, a working speed of 5 mm\/sec, a return speed of 10 mm\/sec, an 11 kW motor, and a massive cast iron structure. Weight 3,400 kg. Suitable for stamping, bending, straightening, and assembly. Manufactured in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePressing force:\u003c\/strong\u003e 150 tons\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUseful working width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,020 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUseful working height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 610 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLower table:\u003c\/strong\u003e 600 × 1,020 mm with Ø 100 mm through hole\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePiston stroke:\u003c\/strong\u003e 300 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 11 kW – 400V three-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 3,400 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the AT 1020-150 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo AT 1020-150 is a universal industrial hydraulic press sized for processes requiring a generous working height (610 mm) combined with high force (150 tons). The distinctive difference compared to the AP models of the same family is precisely the useful height: the AP 1020-150 has 275 mm, the AT 1020-150 has 610 mm. This feature makes it suitable for working with tall dies, pressing in components of significant height, assembling vertical assemblies, and applications that the AP models cannot accommodate due to height limitations. The 150 tons distributed over a width of 1,020 mm allow high pressures on medium-sized workpieces. In Krollit customers' workshops, it is chosen by industrial mechanical workshops with tall dies, manufacturers of mechanical components requiring vertical assemblies, and workshops that alternate mixed operations on tall workpieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe AT 1020-150 belongs to the AT family of Bernardo universal presses, parallel to the AP family. The key difference between AT and AP is the useful height: AT offers 610-680 mm, AP offers 275-325 mm. Same tonnage (100 or 150 t) and widths (1,020 or 1,520 mm), but more than double the useful height. Above it is the AT 1520-150 (same force, 1,520 mm width). Alongside is the AT 1020-100 (same width, 100 t). The choice between the AT and AP family depends on the height of the workpieces: for tall dies and components, the AT is a must; for flat operations, the AP is correctly sized with lower cost. The 3,400 kg weight of the AT 1020-150 (vs 3,200 kg of the AP 1020-150) reflects the taller structure required to accommodate the 610 mm useful height.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 business days (7 days to the South). With 3,400 kg, it requires a crane or forklift of adequate capacity. Dimensions 2,450 × 1,400 × 2,540 mm: check workshop access. Original Bernardo tools, spare parts, and accessories available from stock with 3-5 business days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho the AT 1020-150 is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial machine weighing 3,400 kg and requiring a 400V three-phase line. Exclusively professional application.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMechanical workshop with tall dies\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e610 mm useful height handles dies and components that the AP (275 mm) cannot accommodate. 150 tons suitable for deep drawing and vertical pressing.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufacturer of industrial mechanical components\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor vertical assemblies and operations requiring vertical space. The AT family is the correctly sized choice when the die or component is tall.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot recommended for:\u003c\/strong\u003e operations requiring over 150 tons (consider DKS portal presses); workpieces over 1,020 mm useful width (consider AT 1520-150); applications that do not require extended useful height (the AP 1020-150 with 275 mm is more economical); workshops without an industrial 400V three-phase line.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003ePressing capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax pressing force\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 tons\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePiston stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUseful working width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,020 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUseful working height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e610 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTable\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLower table\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 × 1,020 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable through hole\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpeed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdvance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWork\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReturn\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V – 50Hz – three-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2,450 × 1,400 × 2,540 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 3,400 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStructure material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMassive cast iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/EC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo AT 1020-150 universal hydraulic press\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLower table with Ø 100 mm through hole\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated hydraulic system with high-performance pump\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUniversal protective devices\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet of tools and tie rods\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the practical difference between AT 1020-150 and AP 1020-150?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe AT has a useful height of 610 mm vs 275 mm for the AP. Same tonnage (150 t), same width (1,020 mm), same motor (11 kW). The AT is structurally taller and weighs 3,400 kg vs 3,200 kg for the AP.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe choice depends on the height of the workpieces and dies. For operations with tall dies, vertical pressing of components, assemblies requiring vertical space, the AT is mandatory. For flat operations (shallow stamping, bending, simple pressing) the AP is correctly sized with a lower cost. The price difference reflects the greater structural height of the AT.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan I use standard dies of various sizes?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The 600×1,020 mm table, Ø 100 mm through hole, and 610 mm useful height accommodate the vast majority of standard industrial dies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 610 mm useful height is the key advantage: dies requiring 300-600 mm of height between the table and ram do not fit in the AP but fit correctly in the AT. For dies over 600 mm, consider dedicated industrial presses with greater useful height or portal configurations (DKS) with other geometries.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eThe advance speed of 9 mm\/sec is lower than the AP 1020-150 (10 mm\/sec). Why?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe difference is due to the longer internal cylinder stroke for the taller structure. With the same motor and pump capacity, a taller structure requires slightly more time to fill the cylinder during the approach stroke.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe difference of 9 vs 10 mm\/sec is marginal (10% more time). For high-volume series production, the difference is negligible. For daily artisanal use, the difference is imperceptible. The advantage of the extended useful height far outweighs this slower speed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow much does it consume in standard production?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 11 kW motor typically draws 11-12 kWh per effective hour at full load. With a standard 60-70% duty cycle, the average consumption is 7-8 kWh per hour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor workshops with significant electricity costs, it is recommended to plan cycles to reduce standby times with the motor running. Switching off between spaced cycles reduces average consumption.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow much operating space is needed in the workshop?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine dimensions are 2,450 × 1,400 × 2,540 mm. For workpiece handling, an operating area of at least 4 × 3 m with a minimum ceiling height of 3 m is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 2,540 mm height allows installation in workshops with a standard 3-meter ceiling. The 3,400 kg weight requires a standard industrial floor. The 600×1,020 mm table handles standard light and medium fabrication workpieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693137924424,"sku":"06-2112","price":0.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Pressa_industriale_idraulica_Bernardo_AT_1020-150_150_ton.jpg?v=1758118488"},{"product_id":"bernardo-pressa-idraulica-at-1520-150","title":"Bernardo AT 1520-150 Universal Hydraulic Industrial Press – 150 tons, 1,520 mm width, 610 mm working height, 11 kW motor","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo AT 1520-150 universal hydraulic industrial press offers 150 tons of pressing force, a useful working width of 1,520 mm, a useful height of 610 mm, a lower table of 600×1,520 mm with a Ø 100 mm through-hole, a piston stroke of 300 mm, an advance speed of 9 mm\/sec, a working speed of 5 mm\/sec, a return speed of 10 mm\/sec, an 11 kW motor, and a solid cast iron structure. Weight 3,800 kg. Top of the range of AT universal presses: maximum width with maximum force and extended useful height. Made in Austria, distributed in Italy by Krollit as an official Bernardo distributor since 2007.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePressing Force:\u003c\/strong\u003e 150 tons\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUseful Working Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1,520 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUseful Working Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 610 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLower Table:\u003c\/strong\u003e 600 × 1,520 mm with Ø 100 mm through-hole\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePiston Stroke:\u003c\/strong\u003e 300 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e 11 kW – 400V three-phase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 3,800 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho uses the AT 1520-150 and for what\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bernardo AT 1520-150 is the top of the range of AT universal presses: maximum useful width (1,520 mm), maximum force (150 tons), extended useful height (610 mm). It is the choice for industrial workshops that regularly process large and tall components, simultaneously requiring width, force, and vertical space. Compared to the AP 1520-150 (same width and force, useful height 275 mm), it offers an additional 335 mm of height: a decisive difference for tall molds and the shrink-fitting of vertical components. The 3,800 kg weight (vs 3,500 kg for the AP 1520-150) reflects the taller structure required to accommodate the 610 mm useful height while maintaining stability. In Krollit customer workshops, it is chosen by industrial metal fabrication shops with tall molds, manufacturers of mechanical components that alternate flat and vertical processing, and workshops that require the top universal Bernardo model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIts place in the Bernardo range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe AT 1520-150 is the pinnacle of the AT range, parallel to the AP 1520-150 (pinnacle of the AP range). The key difference between AT and AP is the useful height: AT 610 mm vs AP 275 mm. Same width, tonnage, and motor. Below it in the AT family: AT 1020-150 (same tonnage, 1,020 mm width, 610 mm height) and AT 1020-100 (100 t, 1,020 mm width, 680 mm height). For workshops requiring both maximum width (1,520 mm) and extended useful height (over 300 mm), the AT 1520-150 is the only choice. For those who do not need the extended useful height, the AP 1520-150 is correctly sized with a lower cost. For dedicated applications (only bending, only pressing on long pieces), the AKPL and DKS are more specialized.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKrollit logistics and support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping in 5-9 working days (7 days for Southern Italy). With 3,800 kg, it requires a crane or forklift of adequate capacity. Dimensions 2,650 × 1,400 × 2,540 mm: verify access to the workshop. Original Bernardo tools, spare parts, and accessories available from stock with 3-5 working day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the AT 1520-150 for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReason\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassionate hobbyist\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot suitable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTop-of-the-range industrial machine. Exclusively professional application.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetal fabrication shop with tall molds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe combination of 1,520 mm width + 150 t force + 610 mm useful height is not found in other presses in the universal range. Sized for complete industrial processing.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial structure manufacturer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFor tall molds requiring extended width. For dedicated applications, consider DKS gantry presses or AKPL bending machines.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e applications that do not require extended useful height (the AP 1520-150 is significantly cheaper); exclusively producing long pieces (dedicated DKS gantry range); industrial series bending production (AKPL); workshops without an industrial 400V three-phase line.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003ePressing capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. pressing force\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 tons\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePiston stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUseful working width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,520 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUseful working height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e610 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTable\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLower table\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 × 1,520 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable through-hole\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eØ 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpeed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdvance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReturn\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMotor and power supply\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400V – 50Hz – three-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions and weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2,650 × 1,400 × 2,540 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 3,800 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFrame material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSolid cast iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCompliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirective\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachinery 2006\/42\/CE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBernardo AT 1520-150 universal hydraulic press\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLower table with Ø 100 mm through-hole\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated hydraulic system with high-performance pump\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUniversal safety devices\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet of tie rods and tools for assembly and maintenance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the price difference compared to the AP 1520-150 worth it?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt depends on the typical height of the pieces. For flat processing, the AP 1520-150 is correctly sized with a lower cost. For molds and components taller than 275 mm, the AT 1520-150 is necessary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe price difference reflects the taller structure of the AT (3,800 vs 3,500 kg). For workshops that consistently work with useful heights under 275 mm, the AT is oversized. For workshops with regular tall molds, the AP is insufficient. The choice should be made based on the typical height of the components, not the price.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of industrial applications are typical for the AT 1520-150?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDeep drawing on wide components, vertical shrink-fitting of tall shafts, assembly of complex assemblies, processes requiring molds taller than 300 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePractical examples: production of flanged pipes with shrink-fitting of flanges over a significant length; assembly of transmission components with tall shafts; deep industrial box stamping. For automated series production in these applications, dedicated industrial presses with automation should be considered.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow much does the 11 kW motor consume in production?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 11 kW motor typically draws 11-12 kWh per effective hour at full load. In standard production with a 60-70% duty cycle, the average consumption is 7-8 kWh per hour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor workshops with significant electricity costs, it is recommended to organize cycles to reduce standby times. Optional energy recovery systems are available on advanced industrial versions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow much operating space is needed in the workshop?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine dimensions are 2,650 × 1,400 × 2,540 mm. For handling large pieces, an operating area of at least 4.5 × 3 m with a minimum ceiling height of 3 m is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe height of 2,540 mm allows installation in workshops with a standard 3-meter ceiling. The 600×1,520 mm table handles standard large pieces. For handling, it is recommended to have access to a hoist or workshop crane to manage heavy pieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the expected service life?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor standard industrial use, the AT 1520-150 is designed for a service life of over 20 years with regular maintenance. Wear parts (seals, bearings, pump) are replaceable with original Bernardo spare parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe solid cast iron structure does not wear out: the 3,800 kg are sized for multi-decade durability. Piston seals are the component that requires the most frequent replacement, typically every 3-5 years in intensive use. Original Bernardo spare parts are available from stock with 3-5 working day shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50693139136840,"sku":"06-2113","price":0.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Pressa_industriale_idraulica_Bernardo_AT_1520-150_150_ton.jpg?v=1758119220"},{"product_id":"bernardo-pressa-officina-wk-10-th","title":"Bernardo WK 10 TH – Workshop press","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo WK 10 TH – Workshop Press\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eBernardo WK 10 TH\u003c\/strong\u003e is a compact workshop press, suitable for straightening, bending, press-fitting, and inserting and removing bushes, bearings, and bushings. With a pressing force of 10 tons and a welded steel structure, it guarantees robustness, reliability, and long life. The machine features \u003cstrong\u003eautomatic piston return\u003c\/strong\u003e, a pressure gauge for easy pressure reading, and a height-adjustable work table via locking pins. Its solid construction and low weight make it suitable for mechanical workshops, maintenance labs, and use in small production departments. Compact in size yet powerful, the WK 10 TH is a functional solution for professional workshop tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eMain Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e 10-ton pressing force\u003cbr\u003e Piston with automatic return\u003cbr\u003e Pressure reading via pressure gauge\u003cbr\u003e Robust welded steel structure\u003cbr\u003e Height-adjustable work table with locking pins\u003cbr\u003e Sliding side piston for greater versatility\u003cbr\u003e Compact dimensions and low weight (55 kg)\u003cbr\u003e Includes V-blocks for versatile processing\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical table:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWK 10 TH\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePressing force\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 tons\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePiston stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e140 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking area (E)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e330 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClearance (F)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e95 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCylinder-to-table distance (F1)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCylinder-to-table distance (F2)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e365 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSliding cylinder (M)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal width (A)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e570 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal depth (B)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMinimum height (C)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e735 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum height (D)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1070 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e55 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage contents:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Bernardo WK 10 TH Workshop Press\u003cbr\u003e Pressure gauge for pressure reading\u003cbr\u003e Height-adjustable table\u003cbr\u003e V-blocks included\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between WK (manual) and PWK (pneumatic)?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWK presses have manual hydraulic operation — the operator pumps the lever to pressurize the cylinder. PWK presses are operated by compressed air at 6–8 bar: the piston automatically descends by pressing the pedal, with constant speed and force regardless of the operator. PWK presses are more productive for repetitive series operations; WK presses are more economical and do not require a pneumatic system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan the WK \/ PWK press bearings and bushings?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. This is the main operation for which they are designed: inserting and removing bearings, bushings, sleeves, pins, and inserts. With the correct force (calculated based on the diameter and interference of the fit), the operation is safe and precise. For H7\/p6 fits on steel: force ≈ 1–3 kN per mm of diameter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the pressure gauge included as standard?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — all Bernardo WK and PWK presses include a pressure gauge for direct reading of the applied force in tons. Essential for not exceeding the maximum force of the fit and avoiding damage to the pressed components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal Bernardo spare parts (seals, valves, pressure gauges) are available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer support is available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat foundation is required?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWK and PWK presses do not require a special foundation — a standard industrial floor (15–20 cm concrete) is sufficient. Versions up to 50T are fixed to the floor with standard M12 bolts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50694996885832,"sku":"06-1704","price":303.79,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_WK_10_TH_Pressa_da_officina_compatta_10_tonnellate.jpg?v=1759395851"},{"product_id":"bernardo-pressa-officina-wk-12-fh","title":"Bernardo WK 12 FH – 12 ton workshop press","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo WK 12 FH – 12-Ton Workshop Press\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eBernardo WK 12 FH\u003c\/strong\u003e is a robust workshop press with a pressing force of 12 tons, designed for straightening, pressing, bending, and assembling gears, bushings, and washers. It features a \u003cstrong\u003esingle-stage manual hydraulic pump\u003c\/strong\u003e and automatic piston return, ensuring practicality and speed of use. The work table is height-adjustable with locking pins, making the machine adaptable to various types of work. Thanks to the \u003cstrong\u003estandard foot pedal included\u003c\/strong\u003e, the operator has free hands to position the workpieces. Compact and stable, with a welded steel structure, it is suitable for small workshops, craftsmen, and repair shops. Weighing 68 kg, the WK 12 FH offers excellent value for money and is a safe and convenient choice for daily workshop tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Pressing force 12 tons\u003cbr\u003e Single-stage manual hydraulic pump with automatic piston return\u003cbr\u003e Standard foot pedal included for piston advancement\u003cbr\u003e Height-adjustable table with locking pins\u003cbr\u003e Robust welded steel structure\u003cbr\u003e Equipped with pressure gauge for reading pressure\u003cbr\u003e Laterally movable cylinder (365 mm) for greater versatility\u003cbr\u003e Suitable for straightening, pressing, bending, and assembling components\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical table:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWK 12 FH\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePressing force\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 tons\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePiston stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking space (E)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e510 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCylinder – table distance (F1)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCylinder – table distance (F2)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e915 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSliding cylinder (M)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e365 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall width (A)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e700 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall depth (B)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e700 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMinimum height (C)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1350 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum height (D)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1670 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e68 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage contents:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Bernardo WK 12 FH workshop press\u003cbr\u003e Single-stage manual hydraulic pump\u003cbr\u003e Foot pedal for piston advancement\u003cbr\u003e Height-adjustable table\u003cbr\u003e Integrated pressure gauge\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 working days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between WK (manual) and PWK (pneumatic)?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWK presses have manual hydraulic operation — the operator pumps the lever to pressurize the cylinder. PWK presses are operated by compressed air at 6–8 bar: the piston descends automatically when the foot pedal is pressed, with constant speed and force regardless of the operator. PWK presses are more productive for repetitive series operations; WK presses are more economical and do not require a pneumatic system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan the WK \/ PWK press bearings and bushings?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. This is the main operation they are designed for: insertion and removal of bearings, bushings, plain bearings, pins, and inserts. With the correct force (calculated based on the diameter and interference of the coupling), the operation is safe and precise. For H7\/p6 couplings on steel: force ≈ 1–3 kN per mm of diameter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the pressure gauge included as standard?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — all Bernardo WK and PWK presses include a pressure gauge for direct reading of the applied force in tons. Indispensable for not exceeding the maximum force of the coupling and avoiding damage to the pressed components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eSpare parts available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal Bernardo spare parts (seals, valves, pressure gauges) available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat foundation does it require?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWK and PWK presses do not require a special foundation — a standard industrial floor (15–20 cm concrete) is sufficient. Versions up to 50T are fixed to the floor with standard M12 bolts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50694997082440,"sku":"06-1705","price":439.21,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_WK_12_FH_Pressa_da_officina_12_tonnellate.jpg?v=1759396890"},{"product_id":"bernardo-pressa-officina-wk-15-th-pro","title":"Bernardo WK 15 TH Pro – 15-ton professional workshop press","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo WK 15 TH Pro – Professional Workshop Press 15 tons\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eBernardo WK 15 TH Pro\u003c\/strong\u003e is a professional workshop press with a 15-ton capacity, suitable for straightening, pressing, bending, and assembling gears, bushings, and washers. The machine features a \u003cstrong\u003elaterally sliding pressure cylinder\u003c\/strong\u003e, which allows for processing across the entire width of the table. Automatic piston return is ensured by an integrated return spring, while the height-adjustable table with locking pins offers maximum flexibility in applications. The welded steel structure ensures robustness and stability, while the \u003cstrong\u003elarge pressure gauge\u003c\/strong\u003e allows for precise monitoring of the exerted pressing force. Compact in size, at 74 kg, it is the versatile choice for craftsmen, mechanical workshops, and maintenance laboratories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eMain Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Pressing force 15 tons\u003cbr\u003e Laterally sliding pressure cylinder (170 mm)\u003cbr\u003e Piston with automatic return via integrated spring\u003cbr\u003e Manual hydraulic pump for piston advance\u003cbr\u003e Height-adjustable work table with locking pins\u003cbr\u003e Large pressure gauge for immediate pressure reading\u003cbr\u003e Robust welded steel structure\u003cbr\u003e Compact dimensions with low weight (74 kg)\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical table:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWK 15 TH Pro\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePressing force\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15 tons\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePiston stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e160 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e155 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClearance (E)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClearance (F)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCylinder – table distance (F1)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e160 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCylinder – table distance (F2)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e460 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSliding cylinder (M)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e170 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal width (A)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e700 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal depth (B)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e560 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMinimum height (C)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e885 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum height (D)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e970 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e74 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage contents:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Bernardo WK 15 TH Pro workshop press\u003cbr\u003e Integrated pressure gauge\u003cbr\u003e Adjustable work table\u003cbr\u003e Laterally sliding cylinder\u003cbr\u003e Piston with automatic return\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days to Southern Italy). Original spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between WK (manual) and PWK (pneumatic)?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWK presses have manual hydraulic operation — the operator pumps the lever to pressurize the cylinder. PWK presses are operated by compressed air at 6–8 bar: the piston descends automatically by pressing the foot pedal, with constant speed and force regardless of the operator. PWK presses are more productive for repetitive series operations; WK presses are more economical and do not require a pneumatic system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan the WK \/ PWK press press bearings and bushings?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. This is the main operation they are designed for: inserting and removing bearings, bushings, plain bearings, pins, and inserts. With the correct force (calculated based on the diameter and interference of the fit), the operation is safe and precise. For H7\/p6 fits on steel: force ≈ 1–3 kN per mm of diameter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the pressure gauge included as standard?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — all WK and PWK Bernardo presses include a pressure gauge for direct reading of the applied force in tons. Essential for not exceeding the maximum force of the fit and avoiding damage to the pressed components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal Bernardo spare parts (seals, valves, pressure gauges) available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat foundation does it require?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWK and PWK presses do not require a special foundation — a standard industrial floor (15–20 cm concrete) is sufficient. Versions up to 50T are fixed to the floor with standard M12 bolts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50694997344584,"sku":"06-1708","price":671.02,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_WK_15_TH_Pro_Pressa_da_officina_professionale_15_tonnellate.jpg?v=1759398681"},{"product_id":"bernardo-pressa-officina-wk-20-fh","title":"Bernardo WK 20 FH - Workshop Press 20 Ton","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo WK 20 FH – 20-ton Workshop Press\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eBernardo WK 20 FH\u003c\/strong\u003e is a robust workshop press with a 20-ton pressing force, suitable for straightening, pressing, bending, and assembling gears, bushings, and washers. It features a \u003cstrong\u003esingle-stage manual hydraulic pump\u003c\/strong\u003e and automatic piston return, with the \u003cstrong\u003estandard foot pedal included\u003c\/strong\u003e for practical and safe piston advancement. The work table is height-adjustable with locking pins, allowing it to adapt to various processes and workpiece sizes. The welded steel structure ensures stability and long-lasting durability even with intensive use. Thanks to the \u003cstrong\u003eintegrated pressure gauge\u003c\/strong\u003e, pressure can be monitored simply and precisely. At 94 kg, the WK 20 FH represents a solid, efficient press offering the best value for money for mechanical workshops, artisans, and maintenance laboratories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Pressing force 20 tons\u003cbr\u003e Single-stage manual hydraulic pump with automatic piston return\u003cbr\u003e Standard foot pedal included for piston advancement\u003cbr\u003e Height-adjustable work table with locking pins\u003cbr\u003e Laterally movable cylinder (400 mm) for greater versatility\u003cbr\u003e Integrated pressure gauge for pressure control\u003cbr\u003e Robust welded steel structure\u003cbr\u003e Suitable for straightening, bending, pressing, and assembling components\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical table:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWK 20 FH\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePressing force\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 tons\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePiston stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e185 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e210 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking height (E)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e540 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCylinder – table distance (F1)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCylinder – table distance (F2)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1000 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSliding cylinder (M)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall width (A)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e750 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall depth (B)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e700 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMinimum height (C)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1510 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum height (D)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1800 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e94 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage contents:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Bernardo WK 20 FH workshop press\u003cbr\u003e Single-stage manual hydraulic pump\u003cbr\u003e Foot pedal for piston advancement\u003cbr\u003e Height-adjustable table\u003cbr\u003e Integrated pressure gauge\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 working days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 working day shipping. Customer service in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between WK (manual) and PWK (pneumatic)?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWK presses have manual hydraulic operation — the operator pumps the lever to pressurize the cylinder. PWK presses are operated by compressed air at 6–8 bar: the piston descends automatically by pressing the pedal, with constant speed and force regardless of the operator. PWKs are more productive for repetitive serial operations; WKs are more economical and do not require a pneumatic system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan the WK \/ PWK press bearings and bushings?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. This is the main operation for which they are designed: insertion and removal of bearings, bushings, plain bearings, pins, and inserts. With the correct force (calculated based on the diameter and interference of the fit), the operation is safe and precise. For H7\/p6 fits on steel: force ≈ 1–3 kN per mm of diameter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the pressure gauge included as standard?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — all Bernardo WK and PWK presses include a pressure gauge for direct reading of the applied force in tons. Essential for not exceeding the maximum force of the fit and preventing damage to the pressed components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eSpare parts available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal Bernardo spare parts (seals, valves, pressure gauges) available with 3–5 working day shipping. Customer service in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat foundation does it require?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWK and PWK presses do not require a special foundation — a standard industrial floor (15–20 cm concrete) is sufficient. Versions up to 50T are fixed to the floor with standard M12 bolts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50694997573960,"sku":"06-1706","price":622.22,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_WK_20_FH_Pressa_da_officina_20_tonnellate.jpg?v=1759397907"},{"product_id":"bernardo-pressa-officina-wk-20-fh-pro","title":"Bernardo WK 20 FH Pro – Professional workshop press 20 ton","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo WK 20 FH Pro – Professional 20 Ton Workshop Press\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eBernardo WK 20 FH Pro\u003c\/strong\u003e is a professional workshop press with a 20-ton capacity, designed for high precision and reliability in straightening, pressing, bending, and assembly operations involving gears, washers, and bushings. It features a \u003cstrong\u003elaterally sliding cylinder\u003c\/strong\u003e, allowing versatile work across the entire bed width, and an \u003cstrong\u003eautomatic piston return\u003c\/strong\u003e via a return spring. Piston advancement can be achieved using a \u003cstrong\u003ehydraulic foot pedal\u003c\/strong\u003e or a \u003cstrong\u003emanual pump\u003c\/strong\u003e, making the press practical and suitable for various applications. A large, easy-to-read \u003cstrong\u003epressure gauge\u003c\/strong\u003e provides clear indication of the pressing force. Thanks to the height-adjustable table with locking pins, the robust welded steel construction, and self-regulating hydraulics, the WK 20 FH Pro is suitable for professional workshops requiring reliability and long service life.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Pressing force 20 tons\u003cbr\u003e Laterally sliding pressure cylinder (175 mm)\u003cbr\u003e Automatic piston return with integrated spring\u003cbr\u003e Piston advancement via foot pedal and manual pump\u003cbr\u003e Height-adjustable table with locking pins\u003cbr\u003e Includes V-block support for shaft straightening\u003cbr\u003e Large pressure gauge for clear pressure reading\u003cbr\u003e Self-regulating hydraulics for effortless advancement\u003cbr\u003e Robust welded steel construction for intensive use\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical Data:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWK 20 FH Pro\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePressing Force\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 tons\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePiston Stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e185 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable Width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e170 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDaylight (E)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e510 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThroat Depth (F)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e130 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCylinder – Table Distance (F1)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCylinder – Table Distance (F2)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e965 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSliding Cylinder (M)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e175 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall Width (A)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e730 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall Depth (B)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e560 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMinimum Height (C)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1525 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum Height (D)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1630 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e112 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage contents:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Bernardo WK 20 FH Pro Workshop Press\u003cbr\u003e Integrated pressure gauge\u003cbr\u003e Adjustable work table\u003cbr\u003e Foot pedal and manual hydraulic pump\u003cbr\u003e Laterally sliding cylinder\u003cbr\u003e V-block support\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between WK (manual) and PWK (pneumatic)?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWK presses have manual hydraulic operation — the operator pumps the lever to pressurize the cylinder. PWK presses are operated by compressed air at 6–8 bar: the piston automatically descends when the foot pedal is pressed, with constant speed and force regardless of the operator. PWK presses are more productive for repetitive serial operations; WK presses are more economical and do not require a pneumatic system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan the WK \/ PWK press press bearings and bushings?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. This is the primary operation for which they are designed: insertion and removal of bearings, bushings, plain bearings, pins, and inserts. With the correct force (calculated based on the diameter and interference of the fit) the operation is safe and precise. For H7\/p6 fits on steel: force ≈ 1–3 kN per mm of diameter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the pressure gauge included as standard?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — all Bernardo WK and PWK presses include a pressure gauge for direct reading of the applied force in tons. Essential for not exceeding the maximum force of the fit and avoiding damage to the pressed components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal Bernardo spare parts (seals, valves, pressure gauges) are available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat foundation does it require?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWK and PWK presses do not require a special foundation — a standard industrial floor (15–20 cm concrete) is sufficient. Versions up to 50T are fixed to the floor with standard M12 bolts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50694997803336,"sku":"06-1709","price":1049.24,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_WK_20_FH_Pro_Pressa_da_officina_professionale_20_tonnellate.jpg?v=1759399425"},{"product_id":"pressa-industriale-wk-30-fh-pro","title":"Bernardo WK 30 FH Pro – Professional workshop press 30 tons","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo WK 30 FH Pro – Professional 30-ton Workshop Press\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eBernardo WK 30 FH Pro\u003c\/strong\u003e is a professional workshop press with a pressing force of 30 tons, suitable for heavy-duty work in mechanical workshops and maintenance departments. It features a \u003cstrong\u003elaterally sliding cylinder\u003c\/strong\u003e, allowing versatile use across the entire width of the table, and \u003cstrong\u003eautomatic piston return\u003c\/strong\u003e via an integrated spring. Thanks to the self-adjusting hydraulics, piston advancement is effortless, while the \u003cstrong\u003estandard foot pedal included\u003c\/strong\u003e allows for hands-free operation when positioning the workpiece. The robust welded steel structure ensures high stability and long durability. With the possibility of expanding the range of use via the \u003cstrong\u003eoptional set of pressure pins (10 pcs.)\u003c\/strong\u003e, the WK 30 FH Pro is the versatile, powerful, and reliable choice for straightening, pressing, bending, and assembling large mechanical components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eMain Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Pressing force 30 tons\u003cbr\u003e Laterally sliding cylinder (200 mm) for greater versatility\u003cbr\u003e Piston with automatic return via integrated spring\u003cbr\u003e Self-adjusting hydraulics for effortless advancement\u003cbr\u003e Standard foot pedal included for hands-free operation during work\u003cbr\u003e Robust and adjustable work table\u003cbr\u003e Welded steel structure for maximum stability\u003cbr\u003e Expandable with optional set of pressure pins (10 pcs.)\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical table:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWK 30 FH Pro\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePressing force\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 tons\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePiston stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e185 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClearance (E)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e535 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClearance (F)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e140 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCylinder – table distance (F1)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCylinder – table distance (F2)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSliding cylinder (M)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal width (A)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e800 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal depth (B)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e700 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMinimum height (C)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1770 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum height (D)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1800 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e168 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage contents:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Bernardo WK 30 FH Pro workshop press\u003cbr\u003e Integrated manometer\u003cbr\u003e Adjustable work table\u003cbr\u003e Laterally sliding cylinder\u003cbr\u003e Standard hydraulic foot pedal\u003cbr\u003e Piston with automatic return\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 working days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between WK (manual) and PWK (pneumatic)?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWK presses have manual hydraulic operation — the operator pumps the lever to pressurize the cylinder. PWK presses are operated by compressed air at 6–8 bar: the piston descends automatically by pressing the pedal, with constant speed and force regardless of the operator. PWK presses are more productive for repetitive series operations; WK presses are more economical and do not require a pneumatic system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan the WK \/ PWK press press bearings and bushings?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. This is the main operation for which they are designed: insertion and removal of bearings, bushings, plain bearings, pins, and inserts. With the correct force (calculated based on the diameter and interference of the coupling) the operation is safe and precise. For H7\/p6 couplings on steel: force ≈ 1–3 kN per mm of diameter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the manometer included as standard?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — all WK and PWK Bernardo presses include a manometer for direct reading of the applied force in tons. Essential for not exceeding the maximum force of the coupling and avoiding damage to pressed components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal Bernardo spare parts (seals, valves, manometers) available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat foundation does it require?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWK and PWK presses do not require special foundations — a standard industrial floor (15–20 cm concrete) is sufficient. Versions up to 50T are fixed to the floor with standard M12 bolts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50694998327624,"sku":"06-1710","price":1586.05,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_WK_30_FH_Pro_Pressa_da_officina_professionale_30_tonnellate.jpg?v=1759399893"},{"product_id":"bernardo-pressa-officina-wk-50-fh-pro","title":"Bernardo WK 50 FH Pro – Professional Workshop Press 50 Ton","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo WK 50 FH Pro – Professional 50-Ton Workshop Press\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eBernardo WK 50 FH Pro\u003c\/strong\u003e is a professional workshop press with a pressing force of 50 tons, suitable for heavy-duty straightening, pressing, bending, and assembling of mechanical components. It features a \u003cstrong\u003elaterally movable cylinder\u003c\/strong\u003e (245 mm) and \u003cstrong\u003eautomatic piston return\u003c\/strong\u003e via an integrated spring. Thanks to the self-regulating hydraulics, piston advancement is smooth and effortless. The work table adjustment is simplified by the \u003cstrong\u003eintegrated winch\u003c\/strong\u003e, which allows for quick adaptation to various operational needs. The \u003cstrong\u003estandard foot pedal\u003c\/strong\u003e leaves your hands free for positioning workpieces, while the option of using an \u003cstrong\u003eoptional set of pressure pins (10 pcs.)\u003c\/strong\u003e further expands its application possibilities. With a welded high-strength steel structure and a weight of 291 kg, the WK 50 FH Pro is the powerful and durable choice for professional workshops and maintenance departments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Pressing force 50 tons\u003cbr\u003e Laterally movable cylinder (245 mm) for greater versatility\u003cbr\u003e Piston with automatic return via integrated spring\u003cbr\u003e Self-regulating hydraulics for smooth and effortless advancement\u003cbr\u003e Height-adjustable work table with integrated winch\u003cbr\u003e Standard foot pedal included for hands-free operation\u003cbr\u003e Expandable with optional set of pressure pins (10 pcs.)\u003cbr\u003e Welded steel structure for intensive use and long lifespan\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical Data:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWK 50 FH Pro\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePressing Force\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 tons\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePiston Stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e210 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable Width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e260 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClearance (E)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e725 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClearance (F)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e205 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCylinder - Table Distance (F1)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e65 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCylinder - Table Distance (F2)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1050 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMovable Cylinder (M)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e245 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal Width (A)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1030 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal Depth (B)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e800 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMinimum Height (C)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1830 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum Height (D)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1850 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e291 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage Contents:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Bernardo WK 50 FH Pro Workshop Press\u003cbr\u003e Integrated manometer\u003cbr\u003e Adjustable table with winch\u003cbr\u003e Laterally movable cylinder\u003cbr\u003e Standard hydraulic foot pedal\u003cbr\u003e Piston with automatic return\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days to Southern Italy). Original spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between WK (manual) and PWK (pneumatic)?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWK presses have manual hydraulic operation — the operator pumps the lever to pressurize the cylinder. PWK presses are air-powered at 6–8 bar: the piston automatically descends by pressing the pedal, with constant speed and force regardless of the operator. PWK presses are more productive for repetitive serial operations; WK presses are more economical and do not require a pneumatic system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan the WK \/ PWK press press bearings and bushings?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. This is the main operation they are designed for: inserting and removing bearings, bushings, plain bearings, pins, and inserts. With the correct force (calculated based on the diameter and interference fit), the operation is safe and precise. For H7\/p6 fits on steel: force ≈ 1–3 kN per mm of diameter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the manometer included as standard?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — all Bernardo WK and PWK presses include a manometer for direct reading of the applied force in tons. Essential for not exceeding the maximum coupling force and avoiding damage to pressed components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal Bernardo spare parts (seals, valves, manometers) available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat foundation is required?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWK and PWK presses do not require a special foundation — a standard industrial floor (15–20 cm concrete) is sufficient. Versions up to 50T are fixed to the floor with standard M12 bolts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50694998786376,"sku":"06-1711","price":2537.69,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_WK_50_FH_Pro_Pressa_da_officina_professionale_50_tonnellate.jpg?v=1759400763"},{"product_id":"presse-manuali-bernardo-dp8","title":"Bernardo DP 8 Manual Rack Press","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo DP 8 Rack and Pinion Manual Press\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe DP 8 rack and pinion manual press is designed for heavy-duty work in workshops and maintenance departments. Made from professional-grade grey cast iron, it ensures strength, stability, and long service life. With a maximum workpiece height of up to 450 mm and an effective force of over 1.7 tons, this press is suitable for straightening, pressing, bending, and for mounting gears, washers, bushings, and bearings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe adjustable 780 mm long lever allows the operator to adapt the effort required according to needs. The large diameter rotating table, equipped with openings of different sizes, allows for versatile and safe use. Pre-drilled with fixing holes, it can be stably mounted on a workbench to ensure precision and safety.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Professional-grade grey cast iron construction, robust and durable\u003cbr\u003e Effective force up to 1720 kg (16,867 N)\u003cbr\u003e 780 mm long adjustable lever to adapt the required effort\u003cbr\u003e Maximum workpiece height up to 450 mm\u003cbr\u003e Suitable for pressing, straightening, bending, and mounting gears and bushings\u003cbr\u003e Ø 252 mm rotating table with multiple openings\u003cbr\u003e Pre-drilled with fixing holes for stable workbench mounting\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical Data\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeatures\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eData\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. workpiece height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e450 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColumn axis distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e275 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpindle dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e53 x 58 x 640 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRotating table Ø\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e252 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRotating table openings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 x 20 mm \/ 1 x 30 mm \/ 1 x 42 mm \/ 1 x 65 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManual force (F1)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 kg \/ 588 N\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLever length (H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e780 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEffective force (F2)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1720 kg \/ 16,867 N\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 x 630 x 800 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 140 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage contents\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e DP 8 manual press (machine body only)\u003cbr\u003e Rotating table with multiple openings\u003cbr\u003e Adjustable lever\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days for Southern Italy). Original spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between WK (manual) and PWK (pneumatic)?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWK presses have manual hydraulic actuation — the operator pumps the lever to pressurize the cylinder. PWK presses are air-powered at 6–8 bar: the piston automatically descends by pressing the pedal, with constant speed and force regardless of the operator. PWK presses are more productive for repetitive serial operations; WK presses are more economical and do not require a pneumatic system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan the WK \/ PWK press bearings and bushings?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. This is the main operation they are designed for: insertion and removal of bearings, bushings, plain bearings, pins, and inserts. With the correct force (calculated based on the diameter and interference of the fit), the operation is safe and precise. For H7\/p6 fits on steel: force ≈ 1–3 kN per mm of diameter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the pressure gauge included as standard?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — all WK and PWK Bernardo presses include a pressure gauge for direct reading of the applied force in tons. Essential for not exceeding the maximum force of the joint and avoiding damage to pressed components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal Bernardo spare parts (seals, valves, pressure gauges) are available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat foundation does it require?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWK and PWK presses do not require a special foundation — a standard industrial floor (15–20 cm concrete) is sufficient. Versions up to 50T are fixed to the floor with standard M12 bolts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50694999605576,"sku":"06-1016","price":983.36,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Pressa_manuale_Bernardo_DP_8_potenza_1720_kg_su_struttura_robusta.jpg?v=1758094103"},{"product_id":"bernardo-pressa-idraulica-ap-1020-100","title":"Bernardo Universal Hydraulic Press AP 1020-100","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo AP 1020-100 Universal Hydraulic Industrial Press\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eBernardo AP 1020-100 Universal Hydraulic Industrial Press\u003c\/strong\u003e is a robust machine designed for bending, stamping, and straightening operations. With a pressing force of \u003cstrong\u003e100 tons\u003c\/strong\u003e, a generous \u003cstrong\u003eworking width of 1020 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e, and a 500 x 1020 mm lower table with a 100 mm thru-hole, it is suitable for processing medium to large metal parts. With a working height of 325 mm and a bending capacity of up to 8 mm, it offers great operational versatility. The 300 mm piston stroke and adjustable speeds (forward 8 mm\/sec, working 5 mm\/sec, return 10 mm\/sec) ensure efficiency and precision. Powered by a 7.5 kW motor and weighing 3000 kg, the AP 1020-100 is the reliable choice for workshops and industrial departments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e 100-ton thrust universal hydraulic press\u003cbr\u003e Solid cast iron structure for maximum stability and precision\u003cbr\u003e 500 x 1020 mm lower table with 100 mm thru-hole\u003cbr\u003e Bending capacity up to 8 mm\u003cbr\u003e 300 mm piston stroke for versatile processing\u003cbr\u003e Adjustable speeds: forward 8 mm\/sec, working 5 mm\/sec, return 10 mm\/sec\u003cbr\u003e 7.5 kW motor for high performance\u003cbr\u003e Suitable for bending, straightening, stamping, and assembly\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical table:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ctable class=\"w-fit min-w-(--thread-content-width)\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAP 1020-100\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. pressing force\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 tons\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePiston stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUseful working width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1020 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUseful working height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e325 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBending capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLower table\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 x 1020 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable thru-hole\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eForward speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReturn speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7.5 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2150 x 1400 x 2250 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 3000 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage contents:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e AP 1020-100 universal hydraulic press\u003cbr\u003e Lower table with 100 mm thru-hole\u003cbr\u003e Integrated hydraulic system\u003cbr\u003e Universal safety devices\u003cbr\u003e Set of tools and tie rods\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 working days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 working day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between WK (manual) and PWK (pneumatic)?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWK presses have manual hydraulic operation — the operator pumps the lever to pressurize the cylinder. PWK presses are operated by compressed air at 6–8 bar: the piston automatically descends by pressing the pedal, with constant speed and force regardless of the operator. PWK presses are more productive for repetitive serial operations; WK presses are more economical and do not require a pneumatic system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan the WK \/ PWK press press bearings and bushings?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. This is the main operation for which they are designed: insertion and removal of bearings, bushings, plain bearings, pins, and inserts. With the correct force (calculated based on the diameter and interference of the coupling), the operation is safe and precise. For H7\/p6 couplings on steel: force ≈ 1–3 kN per mm of diameter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the pressure gauge included as standard?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — all Bernardo WK and PWK presses include a pressure gauge for direct reading of the applied force in tons. Essential for not exceeding the maximum force of the coupling and avoiding damage to pressed components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal Bernardo spare parts (seals, valves, pressure gauges) available with 3–5 working day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat foundation does it require?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWK and PWK presses do not require a special foundation — a standard industrial floor (15–20 cm concrete) is sufficient. Versions up to 50T are fixed to the floor with standard M12 bolts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50695046005064,"sku":"06-2120","price":0.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Pressa_industriale_idraulica_Bernardo_AP_1020-100_100_ton.jpg?v=1758120232"},{"product_id":"bernardo-pressa-idraulica-at-1520-100","title":"Bernardo Industrial Universal Hydraulic Press AT 1520-100","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo AT 1520-100 Universal Hydraulic Industrial Press\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eBernardo AT 1520-100 Universal Hydraulic Industrial Press\u003c\/strong\u003e is a professional machine with a \u003cstrong\u003epressing force of 100 tonnes\u003c\/strong\u003e, suitable for stamping, bending, straightening, and assembling metal components. Thanks to its ample \u003cstrong\u003eworking width of 1520 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e and a lower table measuring 500 x 1520 mm with a 100 mm through-hole, it allows operations on large workpieces with precision and stability. The hydraulic cylinder with a 300 mm stroke and adjustable speeds (advance 8 mm\/sec, working 5 mm\/sec, return 10 mm\/sec) ensure efficiency and safety. The robust cast-iron structure reduces vibrations and ensures durability. With a 7.5 kW motor and a weight of 3600 kg, it represents a solid and reliable press for the most complex needs of workshops and industrial departments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eMain Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Pressing force up to 100 tonnes\u003cbr\u003e Working width 1520 mm, suitable for large format workpieces\u003cbr\u003e Lower table 500 x 1520 mm with a 100 mm through-hole\u003cbr\u003e Piston stroke of 300 mm for extensive operational flexibility\u003cbr\u003e Adjustable speeds: advance 8 mm\/sec, working 5 mm\/sec, return 10 mm\/sec\u003cbr\u003e Solid cast-iron structure to ensure stability and precision\u003cbr\u003e High-performance 7.5 kW motor\u003cbr\u003e suitable for industrial stamping, straightening, and assembly\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical table:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003ctable class=\"w-fit min-w-(--thread-content-width)\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAT 1520-100\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax. pressing force\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 tonnes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePiston stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUsable working width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1520 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUsable working height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e680 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLower table\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 x 1520 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable through-hole\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdvance speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReturn speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7.5 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2650 x 1400 x 2480 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 3600 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage contents:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e AT 1520-100 Universal hydraulic press\u003cbr\u003e Lower table with 100 mm through-hole\u003cbr\u003e Integrated hydraulic system with high-performance pump\u003cbr\u003e Universal safety devices\u003cbr\u003e Set of tie rods and tools for assembly\/maintenance\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between WK (manual) and PWK (pneumatic)?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWK presses have manual hydraulic operation — the operator pumps the lever to pressurize the cylinder. PWK presses are operated by compressed air at 6–8 bar: the piston automatically descends by pressing the pedal, with constant speed and force regardless of the operator. PWK presses are more productive for repetitive serial operations; WK presses are more economical and do not require a pneumatic system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan the WK \/ PWK press press bearings and bushings?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. This is the main operation for which they are designed: insertion and removal of bearings, bushings, plain bearings, pins, and inserts. With the correct force (calculated based on the diameter and interference of the coupling) the operation is safe and precise. For H7\/p6 fits on steel: force ≈ 1–3 kN per mm of diameter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the pressure gauge included as standard?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — all WK and PWK Bernardo presses include a pressure gauge for direct reading of the applied force in tonnes. Essential to avoid exceeding the maximum force of the coupling and prevent damage to the pressed components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal Bernardo spare parts (seals, valves, pressure gauges) are available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat foundation is required?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWK and PWK presses do not require a special foundation — a standard industrial floor (15–20 cm concrete) is sufficient. Versions up to 50T are fixed to the floor with standard M12 bolts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50695049052488,"sku":"06-2111","price":0.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Pressa_industriale_idraulica_Bernardo_AT_1520-100_100_ton.jpg?v=1758117586"},{"product_id":"bernardo-pressa-pneumatica-pwk-10-t","title":"Bernardo PWK 10 T – Pneumatic Workshop Press","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo PWK 10 T – Pneumatic Workshop Press\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eBernardo PWK 10 T\u003c\/strong\u003e pneumatic press is designed for workshop and assembly applications requiring precision and reliability. With a pressing force of 10 tons and automatic piston return, it enables fast and safe processing. The robust welded steel structure guarantees durability, while the integrated pressure gauge allows for easy and immediate pressure control. The height-adjustable work surface, secured with bolts, ensures flexibility for various operations, such as straightening, bushing, bending, and broaching. With compact dimensions, a weight of only 60 kg, and a movable cylinder of 180 mm, the PWK 10 T is a versatile solution for mechanical workshops, maintenance departments, and laboratories that need a reliable yet space-saving press.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e 10-ton pressing force with automatic piston return\u003cbr\u003e Welded steel structure for maximum robustness\u003cbr\u003e Easy pressure reading thanks to integrated pressure gauge\u003cbr\u003e Height-adjustable work surface secured with bolts\u003cbr\u003e Piston with 180 mm stroke and movable cylinder of 180 mm\u003cbr\u003e Compact dimensions and low weight (60 kg)\u003cbr\u003e Prism supports included for greater versatility\u003cbr\u003e Suitable for straightening, bending, inserting bushings, and assembly operations\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical Table:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePWK 10 T\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePneumatic workshop press\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePressing force\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 tons\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePiston stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e140 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClearance (E)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e330 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClearance (F)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e95 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCylinder – table distance (F1)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCylinder – table distance (F2)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e365 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMovable cylinder (M)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall width (A)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e570 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall depth (B)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMinimum height (C)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e735 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum height (D)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1070 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage contents:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Bernardo PWK 10 T pneumatic press\u003cbr\u003e Prism supports\u003cbr\u003e User and maintenance manual\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days for the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between WK (manual) and PWK (pneumatic)?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWK presses have manual hydraulic operation — the operator pumps the lever to pressurize the cylinder. PWK presses are operated by compressed air at 6–8 bar: the piston automatically descends by pressing the pedal, with constant speed and force regardless of the operator. PWK presses are more productive for repetitive series operations; WK presses are more economical and do not require a pneumatic system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan the WK \/ PWK press bearings and bushings?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. This is the main operation for which they are designed: inserting and removing bearings, bushings, plain bearings, pins, and inserts. With the correct force (calculated based on the diameter and interference of the fit), the operation is safe and precise. For H7\/p6 fits on steel: force ≈ 1–3 kN per mm of diameter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the pressure gauge included as standard?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — all Bernardo WK and PWK presses include a pressure gauge for direct reading of the applied force in tons. Essential for not exceeding the maximum force of the fit and avoiding damage to pressed components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal Bernardo spare parts (seals, valves, pressure gauges) available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat foundation does it require?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWK and PWK presses do not require a special foundation — a standard industrial floor (15–20 cm concrete) is sufficient. Versions up to 50T are fixed to the floor with standard M12 bolts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50695056326984,"sku":"06-1713","price":439.21,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_PWK_10_T_Pressa_pneumatica_da_officina_10_ton.jpg?v=1759225055"},{"product_id":"bernardo-pressa-pneumatica-pwk-100-f","title":"Bernardo PWK 100 F – Pneumatic Workshop Press 100 ton","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo PWK 100 F – 100 Ton Pneumatic Workshop Press\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eBernardo PWK 100 F\u003c\/strong\u003e is a top-of-the-range pneumatic press, suitable for industrial applications and workshops requiring extreme power. With a pressing force of 100 tons and a piston stroke of 300 mm, it is suitable for straightening axles and shafts, inserting or removing bushings, bearings, and bolts. The laterally movable cylinder with a travel of 245 mm ensures flexibility, while the automatic piston return simplifies continuous use. The welded steel structure ensures stability and long life even under extreme loads. The height-adjustable table, operated by a winch, allows for quick adaptation to different operational needs. Equipped with a standard foot pedal to leave hands free, the PWK 100 F, with its 664 kg weight, offers safety, reliability, and professional performance for heavy-duty work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e 100-ton pressing force for heavy industrial applications\u003cbr\u003e Piston with 300 mm stroke and integrated spring return\u003cbr\u003e Manual or pneumatic operation via standard foot pedal\u003cbr\u003e Adjustable table with winch for quick operational adaptation\u003cbr\u003e Laterally movable cylinder with 245 mm travel for versatile use\u003cbr\u003e Welded steel structure for maximum stability and resistance\u003cbr\u003e Weight of 664 kg, suitable for industrial use and mechanical workshops\u003cbr\u003e Suitable for straightening, pressing, inserting, or removing bushings and bearings\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical specifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePWK 100 F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePneumatic workshop press\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePressing force\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 ton\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePiston stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e340 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassage (E)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e785 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassage (F)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e270 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCylinder-table distance (F1)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCylinder-table distance (F2)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e810 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLaterally movable cylinder (M)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e245 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall width (A)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall depth (B)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1000 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMinimum height (C)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1835 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum height (D)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1880 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e664 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage contents:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Bernardo PWK 100 F pneumatic press\u003cbr\u003e Standard foot pedal\u003cbr\u003e Winch for table adjustment\u003cbr\u003e User and maintenance manual\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between WK (manual) and PWK (pneumatic)?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWK presses have manual hydraulic operation — the operator pumps the lever to pressurize the cylinder. PWK presses are operated by compressed air at 6–8 bar: the piston descends automatically by pressing the foot pedal, with constant speed and force regardless of the operator. PWK presses are more productive for repetitive serial operations; WK presses are more economical and do not require a pneumatic system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan the WK \/ PWK press press bearings and bushings?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. This is the main operation they are designed for: inserting and removing bearings, bushings, plain bearings, pins, and inserts. With the correct force (calculated based on the diameter and interference of the coupling) the operation is safe and precise. For H7\/p6 couplings on steel: force ≈ 1–3 kN per mm of diameter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the manometer included as standard?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — all WK and PWK Bernardo presses include a manometer for direct reading of the applied force in tons. Essential to avoid exceeding the maximum coupling force and damaging the pressed components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal Bernardo spare parts (seals, valves, manometers) are available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat foundation is required?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWK and PWK presses do not require a special foundation — a standard industrial floor (15–20 cm concrete) is sufficient. Versions up to 50T are fixed to the floor with standard M12 bolts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50695065567560,"sku":"06-1719","price":4806.96,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_PWK_100_F_Pressa_pneumatica_da_officina_100_ton.jpg?v=1759227110"},{"product_id":"bernardo-pressa-pneumatica-pwk-20-f","title":"Bernardo PWK 20 F - 20-ton pneumatic workshop press","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo PWK 20 F – 20-ton pneumatic workshop press \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eBernardo PWK 20 F\u003c\/strong\u003e is a pneumatic workshop press with 20 tons of pressing force, suitable for straightening, bending, and mounting gears, bushings, and washers. Designed for small workshops and repair shops, it offers excellent value for money thanks to its rational and robust design. The work surface is height-adjustable via locking pins, while the movable cylinder with a stroke of 185 mm allows for greater versatility. Equipped with an integrated pressure gauge for immediate pressure readings, the PWK 20 F ensures precision and practicality. With compact dimensions and a weight of 98 kg, it is a solid and functional solution for those needing a reliable and versatile pneumatic press.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e 20 tons pressing force for professional applications\u003cbr\u003e Piston with 185 mm stroke and standard pneumatic adjustment\u003cbr\u003e Height-adjustable work surface with locking pins\u003cbr\u003e 400 mm movable cylinder for broad versatility\u003cbr\u003e Integrated pressure gauge for easy and immediate reading\u003cbr\u003e Robust structure with optimized design for workshops and maintenance departments\u003cbr\u003e Weight of 98 kg, compact yet stable\u003cbr\u003e Suitable for straightening, assembly, bending, and bushing insertion\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical table:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePWK 20 F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePneumatic workshop press\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePressing force\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 ton\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePiston stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e185 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWork surface width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e220 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassage (E)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e540 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCylinder – work surface distance (F1)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCylinder – work surface distance (F2)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e960 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMovable cylinder (M)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall width (A)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e750 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall depth (B)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e700 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMinimum height (C)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1520 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum height (D)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1780 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e98 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage contents:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Bernardo PWK 20 F pneumatic press\u003cbr\u003e Integrated pressure gauge\u003cbr\u003e User and maintenance manual\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 working days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer service available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between WK (manual) and PWK (pneumatic)?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWK presses have manual hydraulic operation — the operator pumps the lever to pressurize the cylinder. PWK presses are powered by compressed air at 6–8 bar: the piston automatically descends when the pedal is pressed, with constant speed and force regardless of the operator. PWK presses are more productive for repetitive serial operations; WK presses are more economical and do not require a pneumatic system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan the WK \/ PWK press press bearings and bushings?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. This is the main operation they are designed for: inserting and removing bearings, bushings, plain bearings, pins, and inserts. With the correct force (calculated based on the diameter and interference of the coupling) the operation is safe and precise. For H7\/p6 couplings on steel: force ≈ 1–3 kN per mm of diameter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the pressure gauge included as standard?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — all Bernardo WK and PWK presses include a pressure gauge for direct reading of the applied force in tons. Essential to avoid exceeding the maximum force of the coupling and prevent damage to pressed components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal Bernardo spare parts (gaskets, valves, pressure gauges) available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer service available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat foundation does it require?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWK and PWK presses do not require a special foundation — a standard industrial floor (15–20 cm concrete) is sufficient. Versions up to 50T are fixed to the floor with standard M12 bolts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50695073235272,"sku":"06-1714","price":725.92,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_PWK_20_F_Pressa_pneumatica_da_officina_20_ton.jpg?v=1759225362"},{"product_id":"bernardo-pressa-pneumatica-pwk-45-f","title":"Bernardo PWK 45 F – Pneumatic workshop press 45 tons","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo PWK 45 F – 45-ton Pneumatic Workshop Press\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eBernardo PWK 45 F\u003c\/strong\u003e is a professional pneumatic workshop press designed for demanding applications. With a pressing force of 45 tons and a 190 mm stroke piston, it is suitable for straightening, bending, and mounting gears and bushings. The robust steel structure ensures stability and long-term durability even with intensive use. The work table, adjustable to 5 positions via locking pins and equipped with a standard winch, allows for quick adaptation to various operational needs. The integrated pressure gauge allows for precise pressure monitoring, while the piston feed can be managed manually or pneumatically. Weighing 299 kg and with generous dimensions, the PWK 45 F offers power, safety, and reliability, representing an optimal solution for mechanical workshops and maintenance departments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e 45-ton pressing force for professional applications\u003cbr\u003e Piston with 190 mm stroke and manual or pneumatic operation\u003cbr\u003e Work table adjustable to 5 positions with standard winch\u003cbr\u003e Integrated pressure gauge for easy and precise pressure control\u003cbr\u003e Robust steel structure for high stability and long durability\u003cbr\u003e Large 825 mm useful clearance for large workpieces\u003cbr\u003e Weight of 299 kg for stability and safety during operations\u003cbr\u003e Suitable for straightening, bending, mounting gears and bushings\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical table:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePWK 45 F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePneumatic Workshop Press\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePressing force\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45 ton\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePiston stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e190 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e360 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClearance (E)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e825 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClearance (F)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e185 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCylinder – table distance (F1)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e170 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCylinder – table distance (F2)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e870 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall width (A)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1110 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall depth (B)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e800 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMinimum height (C)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1660 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum height (D)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1720 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e299 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage contents:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Bernardo PWK 45 F pneumatic press\u003cbr\u003e Integrated pressure gauge\u003cbr\u003e Winch for table adjustment\u003cbr\u003e User and maintenance manual\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Italian customer support available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between WK (manual) and PWK (pneumatic)?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWK presses have manual hydraulic operation — the operator pumps the lever to pressurize the cylinder. PWK presses are operated by compressed air at 6–8 bar: the piston descends automatically by pressing the pedal, with constant speed and force regardless of the operator. PWK presses are more productive for repetitive serial operations; WK presses are more economical and do not require a pneumatic system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan the WK \/ PWK press press bearings and bushings?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. This is the main operation they are designed for: inserting and removing bearings, bushings, plain bearings, pins, and inserts. With the correct force (calculated based on the diameter and interference of the fit), the operation is safe and precise. For H7\/p6 fits on steel: force ≈ 1–3 kN per mm of diameter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the pressure gauge included as standard?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — all Bernardo WK and PWK presses include a pressure gauge for direct reading of the applied force in tons. Indispensable for not exceeding the maximum force of the fit and avoiding damage to the pressed components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal Bernardo spare parts (seals, valves, pressure gauges) available with 3–5 business day shipping. Italian customer support available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat foundation does it require?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWK and PWK presses do not require a special foundation — a standard industrial floor (15–20 cm concrete) is sufficient. Versions up to 50T are fixed to the floor with standard M12 bolts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50695077134664,"sku":"06-1715","price":1561.65,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_PWK_45_F_Pressa_pneumatica_da_officina_45_ton.jpg?v=1759225679"},{"product_id":"bernardo-pressa-pneumatica-pwk-50-f","title":"Bernardo PWK 50 F – Pneumatic workshop press 50 ton","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo PWK 50 F – Pneumatic Workshop Press 50 ton\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eBernardo PWK 50 F\u003c\/strong\u003e is a high-power pneumatic press designed for intensive work in workshops and maintenance companies. With a pressing force of 50 tons and a piston stroke of 200 mm, it allows for straightening, assembly, bending, and pressing operations on large components. The cylinder, which can be moved laterally by 240 mm, ensures maximum versatility, while the automatic piston return facilitates its use. The height-adjustable work table with a winch makes configuration changes quick. The welded steel structure ensures stability and long durability, while the standard foot pedal keeps hands free for workpiece handling. Thanks to its robust and compact design, with a weight of 292 kg, the PWK 50 F is the choice for mechanical workshops and maintenance departments that need a powerful and reliable pneumatic press.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e 50-ton pressing force for heavy-duty operations\u003cbr\u003e Piston with 200 mm stroke and integrated spring return\u003cbr\u003e Work table adjustable via winch for greater practicality\u003cbr\u003e Laterally movable cylinder by 240 mm for flexible use\u003cbr\u003e Both manual and pneumatic piston actuation\u003cbr\u003e Standard foot pedal for hands-free operation\u003cbr\u003e Welded steel structure for strength and stability\u003cbr\u003e Weight of 292 kg, robust and stable for professional use\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical table:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePWK 50 F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePneumatic workshop press\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePressing force\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 ton\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePiston stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e260 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassage (E)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e730 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassage (F)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCylinder – table distance (F1)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCylinder – table distance (F2)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1050 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLateral cylinder travel (M)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e240 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal width (A)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1040 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal depth (B)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e800 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMinimum height (C)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1835 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum height (D)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1880 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e292 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage contents:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Bernardo PWK 50 F pneumatic press\u003cbr\u003e Standard foot pedal\u003cbr\u003e Winch for table adjustment\u003cbr\u003e User and maintenance manual\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo Shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between WK (manual) and PWK (pneumatic)?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWK presses have manual hydraulic actuation — the operator pumps the lever to pressurize the cylinder. PWK presses are operated by compressed air at 6–8 bar: the piston automatically descends by pressing the pedal, with constant speed and force regardless of the operator. PWK presses are more productive for repetitive series operations; WK presses are more economical and do not require a pneumatic system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan the WK \/ PWK press press bearings and bushings?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. This is the main operation they are designed for: insertion and removal of bearings, bushings, plain bearings, pins, and inserts. With the correct force (calculated based on the diameter and interference of the fit) the operation is safe and precise. For H7\/p6 fits on steel: force ≈ 1–3 kN per mm of diameter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the pressure gauge included as standard?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — all WK and PWK Bernardo presses include a pressure gauge for direct reading of the applied force in tons. Essential for not exceeding the maximum force of the fit and avoiding damage to pressed components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal Bernardo spare parts (gaskets, valves, pressure gauges) available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat foundation does it require?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWK and PWK presses do not require a special foundation — a standard industrial floor (15–20 cm concrete) is sufficient. Versions up to 50T are fixed to the floor with standard M12 bolts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50695081328968,"sku":"06-1716","price":2501.09,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_PWK_50_F_Pressa_pneumatica_da_officina_50_ton.jpg?v=1759226083"},{"product_id":"bernardo-pressa-pneumatica-pwk-75-f","title":"Bernardo PWK 75 F – 75 ton Pneumatic Workshop Press","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo PWK 75 F – 75 ton Pneumatic Workshop Press\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eBernardo PWK 75 F\u003c\/strong\u003e is a high-capacity pneumatic press, designed for professional and heavy-duty workshop use. With a pressing force of 75 tons and a piston stroke of 250 mm, it ensures high performance for straightening, bending, pressing, and complex mechanical assembly. The cylinder, laterally movable by 260 mm, offers ample flexibility, while the automatic piston return facilitates continuous use. The bed adjustment via a winch and 8 height positions ensure adaptability to various operational needs. The standard foot pedal allows for hands-free operation, increasing safety and productivity. Built with a robust welded steel frame and weighing 426 kg, the PWK 75 F is synonymous with stability and long-lasting durability. It is suitable for mechanical workshops, maintenance departments, and companies requiring a powerful and reliable pneumatic press.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eMain Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e 75-ton pressing force for heavy-duty work\u003cbr\u003e Piston with 250 mm stroke and integrated spring return\u003cbr\u003e Manual or pneumatic operation via foot pedal\u003cbr\u003e 8-position adjustable bed with standard winch\u003cbr\u003e Laterally movable cylinder (260 mm) for operational versatility\u003cbr\u003e Standard foot pedal for hands-free operation\u003cbr\u003e Welded steel frame for strength and stability\u003cbr\u003e Weight of 426 kg for maximum safety and robustness\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical Table:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePWK 75 F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePneumatic workshop press\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePressing force\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75 ton\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePiston stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBed width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e280 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassage (E)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e800 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassage (F)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e215 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCylinder – bed distance (F1)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e170 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCylinder – bed distance (F2)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e880 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMovable cylinder (M)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e260 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal width (A)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1140 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal depth (B)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e800 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMinimum height (C)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1840 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum height (D)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1930 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e426 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage Contents:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Bernardo PWK 75 F pneumatic press\u003cbr\u003e Standard control pedal\u003cbr\u003e Winch for bed adjustment\u003cbr\u003e User and maintenance manual\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between WK (manual) and PWK (pneumatic)?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWK presses have manual hydraulic operation — the operator pumps the lever to pressurize the cylinder. PWK presses are operated by compressed air at 6–8 bar: the piston descends automatically by pressing the pedal, with constant speed and force regardless of the operator. PWK presses are more productive for repetitive serial operations; WK presses are more economical and do not require a pneumatic system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan the WK \/ PWK press bearings and bushings?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. This is the primary operation for which they are designed: insertion and removal of bearings, bushings, plain bearings, pins, and inserts. With the correct force (calculated based on the diameter and interference of the coupling), the operation is safe and precise. For H7\/p6 fits on steel: force ≈ 1–3 kN per mm of diameter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the pressure gauge included as standard?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — all Bernardo WK and PWK presses include a pressure gauge for direct reading of the applied force in tons. Essential for not exceeding the maximum force of the coupling and avoiding damage to the pressed components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal Bernardo spare parts (seals, valves, pressure gauges) available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat foundation is required?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWK and PWK presses do not require a special foundation — a standard industrial floor (15–20 cm concrete) is sufficient. Versions up to 50T are fixed to the floor with standard M12 bolts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50695086702920,"sku":"06-1718","price":3269.71,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_PWK_75_F_Pressa_pneumatica_da_officina_75_ton.jpg?v=1759226338"},{"product_id":"bernardo-pressa-idraulica-hwp-30","title":"Bernardo HWP 30 – Hydraulic Workshop Press","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo HWP 30 – Hydraulic Workshop Press\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eBernardo HWP 30\u003c\/strong\u003e hydraulic press is a compact and reliable machine, suitable for assembly operations, straightening, load tests, and part inspection. With a pressing force of 30 tons and a piston stroke of 380 mm, it is perfect for workshop applications and maintenance departments. The height-adjustable table, operated by chain and hydraulic cylinder, ensures great versatility, while the piston can be operated manually with a lever or via a sensitive hydraulic pump, stopping in any position. With an advance speed of 9.8 mm\/sec, working speed of 3.57 mm\/sec, and return speed of 18.11 mm\/sec, the HWP 30 ensures speed and efficiency. The 1.5 kW motor and robust steel structure offer stability and durability, while its contained weight of 395 kg makes it easy to place in the workshop. Equipped with a pressure gauge and overload valve, it is the practical and professional choice for small to medium-sized jobs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Pressing force 30 tons, suitable for workshops and repairs\u003cbr\u003e Piston with 380 mm stroke and 55 mm diameter\u003cbr\u003e Height-adjustable table with chain and hydraulic cylinder\u003cbr\u003e Manual lever operation or with sensitive hydraulic pump\u003cbr\u003e Speeds: advance 9.8 mm\/sec, work 3.57 mm\/sec, return 18.11 mm\/sec\u003cbr\u003e 1.5 kW motor, compact and efficient\u003cbr\u003e Robust and compact structure, weight 395 kg\u003cbr\u003e Integrated pressure gauge and overload valve included\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical Table:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHWP 30\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHydraulic workshop press\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePressing force\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 ton\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between uprights\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e750 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePiston stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e380 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePiston diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e55 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax pressure\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e221 bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e325 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax working height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e950 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdvance speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9.8 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.57 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReturn speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18.11 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L x D x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1315 x 805 x 2120 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e395 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage contents:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Bernardo HWP 30 hydraulic press\u003cbr\u003e Integrated pressure gauge\u003cbr\u003e Height-adjustable table\u003cbr\u003e Overload valve\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the BHP, HWP, and BRHP QZ series in the Bernardo press range?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe HWP series is the column hydraulic workshop press: compact steel structure, sliding cylinder from above. With HWP 30t, it is suitable for bearing assembly\/disassembly operations, shaft straightening, and crimping operations in mechanical workshops and industrial maintenance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the HWP 30t force also apply at the minimum piston stroke?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe nominal HWP 30t force is the maximum force developed at the maximum pressure of the hydraulic system. At the beginning of the stroke (piston at the upper end of its travel), the force is the same — it is constant throughout the entire useful stroke. The included pressure gauge shows the pressure in bar: multiplying by the piston area gives the effective force in kN or tons.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the pressure gauge included as standard?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — all BHP, HWP, and BRHP Bernardo presses include a pressure gauge for direct reading of the applied force. Essential for not exceeding the resistance of the pressed components (e.g., maximum interference of a bearing on the shaft) and for operations requiring a specific assembly force.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat foundation does it require?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePresses up to 100t are fixed to the floor with M12\/M16 bolts on standard concrete (15–20 cm). For presses over 100t, consult a structural engineer to verify the floor's load-bearing capacity based on the base footprint. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts and assistance available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50725077942600,"sku":"06-1745XL","price":6576.02,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_HWP_30_Pressa_idraulica_da_officina_30_ton.jpg?v=1759315026"},{"product_id":"bernardo-pressa-idraulica-bhp-100","title":"Bernardo BHP 100 - Hydraulic press with sliding cylinder","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo BHP 100 – Hydraulic Press with Sliding Cylinder\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eBernardo BHP 100\u003c\/strong\u003e hydraulic press is a professional-grade machine designed for heavy-duty work and industrial applications. With a pressing force of 100 tons and a piston stroke of 400 mm, it is suitable for straightening axles, shafts, and for inserting and removing bushes, bearings, and bolts. The 1000 mm clearance between uprights and the 635 mm work surface allow for handling large components. The laterally sliding cylinder and height-adjustable work surface ensure maximum operational versatility. With an advance speed of 10 mm\/sec and a return speed of 14 mm\/sec, the BHP 100 is a fast and efficient press. The welded box-section steel frame ensures robustness and durability, while the 4.0 kW motor provides reliable and continuous performance. Complete with a pressure gauge, overload valve, and prism supports, this press is the powerful and professional choice for workshops and industries.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e 100-ton pressing force for heavy industrial applications\u003cbr\u003e Piston with 400 mm stroke and 90 mm diameter\u003cbr\u003e Laterally sliding cylinder for greater convenience\u003cbr\u003e 1000 mm clearance between uprights and 635 mm work surface\u003cbr\u003e Height-adjustable work surface with included device\u003cbr\u003e Advance speed 10 mm\/sec and return 14 mm\/sec\u003cbr\u003e 4.0 kW motor for high and continuous performance\u003cbr\u003e Welded box-section steel frame with pressure gauge and overload valve\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical table:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBHP 100\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHydraulic press with sliding cylinder\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePressing force\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 ton\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClearance between uprights\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1000 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePiston stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePiston diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax pressure\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e215 bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWork surface width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e635 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax working height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e930 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdvance speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReturn speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.0 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1640 x 800 x 2600 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e827 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage contents:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Bernardo BHP 100 hydraulic press\u003cbr\u003e Integrated pressure gauge\u003cbr\u003e Height-adjustable work surface\u003cbr\u003e Overload valve\u003cbr\u003e Sliding cylinder\u003cbr\u003e Prism supports\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 working days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the BHP, HWP and BRHP QZ series in the Bernardo press range?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe BHP series has a sliding cylinder: the piston moves downwards while the table remains fixed. The 100t BHP force is applied from top to bottom with a wide stroke — suitable for pressing bearings onto long shafts, straightening structural elements, and vertical load tests.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the 100t BHP force apply even at the minimum piston stroke?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe nominal force of 100t BHP is the maximum force developed at the maximum hydraulic system pressure. At the beginning of the stroke (piston at top dead center) the force is the same — it is constant along the entire useful stroke. The included pressure gauge shows the pressure in bar: multiplying by the piston area gives the effective force in kN or tons.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the pressure gauge included as standard?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — all BHP, HWP and BRHP Bernardo presses include a pressure gauge for direct reading of the applied force. Essential for not exceeding the resistance of the pressed components (e.g. maximum interference of a bearing on the shaft) and for operations requiring a specific assembly force.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat foundation is required?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePresses up to 100t are fixed to the floor with M12\/M16 bolts on standard concrete (15–20 cm). For presses over 100t, check with a structural engineer the load-bearing capacity of the floor based on the footprint of the base. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts and assistance available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50725078368584,"sku":"06-1741XL","price":7112.84,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_BHP_100_Pressa_idraulica_con_cilindro_scorrevole_100_ton.jpg?v=1759309609"},{"product_id":"bernardo-pressa-idraulica-bhp-150","title":"Bernardo BHP 150 – Hydraulic press with sliding cylinder","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo BHP 150 – Hydraulic Press with Sliding Cylinder\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eBernardo BHP 150\u003c\/strong\u003e hydraulic press is a high-capacity machine designed for heavy-duty work and industrial applications. With a pressing force of 150 tons and a piston stroke of 400 mm, it is suitable for straightening axles, shafts, and inserting\/removing bushings, bearings, and bolts. The 1100 mm clearance between uprights and the 635 mm work surface provide ample space for large workpieces. The laterally sliding cylinder and height-adjustable work table offer maximum operational flexibility. With feed speeds of 8.5 mm\/sec and return speeds of 10.5 mm\/sec, the BHP 150 ensures fast and efficient operations. The welded box-section steel structure ensures stability and long-lasting durability, while the 5.5 kW motor allows for high and continuous performance. Equipped with an integrated pressure gauge, overload valve, and included V-blocks, it is the ideal choice for workshops and industries requiring a powerful and professional hydraulic press.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e 150 tons pressing force for professional and industrial applications\u003cbr\u003e Piston with 400 mm stroke and 100 mm diameter\u003cbr\u003e 1100 mm clearance between uprights for large workpieces\u003cbr\u003e Laterally sliding cylinder for operational flexibility\u003cbr\u003e Height-adjustable work table with included device\u003cbr\u003e Feed speed 8.5 mm\/sec and return speed 10.5 mm\/sec\u003cbr\u003e 5.5 kW motor for high and continuous performance\u003cbr\u003e Robust and durable welded box-section steel structure\u003cbr\u003e Complete with pressure gauge, overload valve, and V-blocks\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical Table:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBHP 150\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHydraulic press with sliding cylinder\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePressing force\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 tons\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClearance between uprights\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePiston stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePiston diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax pressure\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e635 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax working height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e960 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeed speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8.5 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReturn speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10.5 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5.5 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1800 x 820 x 2420 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1170 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage Contents:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Bernardo BHP 150 hydraulic press\u003cbr\u003e Integrated pressure gauge\u003cbr\u003e Height-adjustable work table\u003cbr\u003e Overload valve\u003cbr\u003e Sliding cylinder\u003cbr\u003e V-blocks\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo Shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the BHP, HWP, and BRHP QZ series in the Bernardo press range?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe BHP series has a sliding cylinder: the piston moves downwards while the table remains fixed. The BHP 100t force is applied from top to bottom with a long stroke — suitable for pressing bearings onto long shafts, straightening structural elements, and vertical load testing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the BHP 100t force also available at the minimum piston stroke?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe nominal BHP 100t force is the maximum force developed at the maximum hydraulic system pressure. At the beginning of the stroke (piston at top dead center), the force is the same — it is constant throughout the entire useful stroke. The included pressure gauge shows the pressure in bar: multiplying by the piston area gives the effective force in kN or tons.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the pressure gauge included as standard?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — all Bernardo BHP, HWP, and BRHP presses include a pressure gauge for direct reading of the applied force. Essential for not exceeding the resistance of pressed components (e.g., maximum interference of a bearing on the shaft) and for operations requiring a specific assembly force.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat foundation is required?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePresses up to 100t are fastened to the floor with M12\/M16 bolts on standard concrete (15–20 cm). For presses over 100t, verify the floor's load-bearing capacity with a structural engineer based on the base footprint. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts and assistance available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50725079155016,"sku":"06-1742XL","price":9284.52,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_BHP_150_Pressa_idraulica_con_cilindro_scorrevole_150_ton.jpg?v=1759309934"},{"product_id":"bernardo-pressa-idraulica-bhp-200","title":"Bernardo BHP 200 – Hydraulic press with sliding cylinder","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo BHP 200 – Hydraulic press with sliding cylinder\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eBernardo BHP 200\u003c\/strong\u003e hydraulic press is a high-end machine designed for professional and industrial applications. With a pressing force of 200 tons and a piston stroke of 400 mm, it is suitable for straightening shafts, assembling and disassembling bushings, bearings, and bolts. The 1100 mm upright clearance and 700 mm work surface allow for working on large pieces. The laterally sliding cylinder and height-adjustable table ensure maximum operational versatility. Thanks to advance speeds of 8 mm\/sec and return speeds of 9.8 mm\/sec, this press guarantees efficiency and speed. The welded box-section steel structure ensures stability and robustness, while the 7.5 kW motor provides continuous power. Complete with integrated pressure gauge, overload valve, and prism supports, the BHP 200 is the reliable choice for workshops and industries requiring maximum performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e 200-ton pressing force for heavy industrial processing\u003cbr\u003e Piston with 400 mm stroke and 120 mm diameter\u003cbr\u003e 1100 mm upright clearance and 700 mm work surface\u003cbr\u003e Laterally sliding cylinder for greater convenience\u003cbr\u003e Height-adjustable work table with included device\u003cbr\u003e Advance speed 8 mm\/sec and return speed 9.8 mm\/sec\u003cbr\u003e 7.5 kW motor for high and continuous performance\u003cbr\u003e Welded box-section steel structure, robust and durable\u003cbr\u003e Integrated pressure gauge, overload valve, and prism supports included\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical table:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBHP 200\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHydraulic press with sliding cylinder\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePressing force\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 ton\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpright clearance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePiston stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePiston diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax pressure\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e700 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax working height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e800 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdvance speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReturn speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9.8 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7.5 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1880 x 900 x 2460 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1370 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage contents:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Bernardo BHP 200 hydraulic press\u003cbr\u003e Integrated pressure gauge\u003cbr\u003e Height-adjustable work table\u003cbr\u003e Overload valve\u003cbr\u003e Sliding cylinder\u003cbr\u003e Prism supports\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the BHP, HWP, and BRHP QZ series in the Bernardo press range?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe BHP series has a sliding cylinder: the piston moves downwards while the table remains fixed. The BHP 100t force is applied from top to bottom with a large stroke — suitable for pressing bearings onto long shafts, straightening structural elements, and vertical load tests.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the BHP 100t force also apply at the minimum piston stroke?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe nominal BHP 100t force is the maximum force developed at the maximum pressure of the hydraulic system. At the beginning of the stroke (piston at the top of its stroke), the force is the same — it is constant throughout the entire useful stroke. The included pressure gauge shows the pressure in bar: multiplying by the piston area gives the effective force in kN or tons.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the pressure gauge included as standard?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — all BHP, HWP, and BRHP Bernardo presses include a pressure gauge for direct reading of the applied force. Essential for not exceeding the resistance of the pressed components (e.g., maximum interference of a bearing on the shaft) and for operations requiring a specific assembly force.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat foundation does it require?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePresses up to 100t are fixed to the floor with M12\/M16 bolts on standard concrete (15–20 cm). For presses over 100t, consult a structural engineer to verify the floor's load capacity based on the base footprint. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts and assistance available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50725082104136,"sku":"06-1743XL","price":11895.4,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_BHP_200_Pressa_idraulica_con_cilindro_scorrevole_200_ton.jpg?v=1759310342"},{"product_id":"bernardo-pressa-idraulica-bhp-250","title":"Bernardo BHP 250 – Hydraulic Press with Sliding Cylinder","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo BHP 250 – Hydraulic press with sliding cylinder\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eBernardo BHP 250\u003c\/strong\u003e hydraulic press is a high-performance professional machine, designed for industrial applications and heavy-duty work. With a pressing force of 250 tons and a piston stroke of 400 mm, it is suitable for straightening axles, shafts, inserting or removing bushings, bearings, bolts, and much more. The laterally sliding cylinder and the height-adjustable work table allow for maximum operational flexibility. Thanks to a robust welded steel box-section structure, it ensures stability and long life even under extreme loads. It is equipped with an integrated pressure gauge, overload valve, and includes prism supports. The advance (8.5 mm\/sec) and return (10.8 mm\/sec) speeds make the BHP 250 efficient and productive, while the 7.5 kW motor ensures constant power. Perfect for mechanical workshops and industries that need a powerful, versatile, and safe hydraulic press.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eMain Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Pressing force of 250 tons for heavy industrial applications\u003cbr\u003e Laterally sliding cylinder for great operational flexibility\u003cbr\u003e Height-adjustable work table with included device\u003cbr\u003e Piston with 400 mm stroke and stop at any position\u003cbr\u003e Advance speed 8.5 mm\/sec and return 10.8 mm\/sec\u003cbr\u003e Powerful 7.5 kW motor for continuous and intensive use\u003cbr\u003e Robust welded steel box-section structure\u003cbr\u003e Integrated pressure gauge and overload valve included\u003cbr\u003e Prism supports supplied for greater versatility\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical table:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBHP 250\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHydraulic press with sliding cylinder\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePressing force\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 ton\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between uprights\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePiston stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePiston diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e130 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax pressure\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e745 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax working height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e800 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdvance speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8.5 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReturn speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10.8 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7.5 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2050 x 1000 x 2600 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2200 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage contents:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Bernardo BHP 250 hydraulic press\u003cbr\u003e Integrated pressure gauge\u003cbr\u003e Height-adjustable work table\u003cbr\u003e Overload valve\u003cbr\u003e Sliding cylinder\u003cbr\u003e Prism supports\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo Shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days for Southern Italy). Original spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the BHP, HWP, and BRHP QZ series in the Bernardo press range?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe BHP series has a sliding cylinder: the piston moves downwards while the table remains fixed. The BHP 100t force is applied from top to bottom with a wide stroke – suitable for pressing bearings onto long shafts, straightening structural elements, and vertical load tests.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the BHP 100t force also valid at the minimum piston stroke?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe nominal force BHP 100t is the maximum force developed at the maximum pressure of the hydraulic system. At the beginning of the stroke (piston at the top dead center) the force is the same – it is constant throughout the entire useful stroke. The included pressure gauge shows the pressure in bar: multiplying by the piston area gives the effective force in kN or tons.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the pressure gauge included as standard?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes – all Bernardo BHP, HWP, and BRHP presses include a pressure gauge for direct reading of the applied force. Indispensable for not exceeding the resistance of the pressed components (e.g., maximum interference of a bearing on the shaft) and for operations requiring a specific assembly force.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat foundation does it require?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePresses up to 100t are fixed to the floor with M12\/M16 bolts on standard concrete (15–20 cm). For presses over 100t, verify the floor's capacity with a structural engineer based on the base footprint. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts and assistance available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50725085937992,"sku":"06-1744XL","price":13176.45,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_BHP_250_Pressa_idraulica_con_cilindro_scorrevole_250_ton.jpg?v=1759302643"},{"product_id":"bernardo-pressa-idraulica-bhp-30","title":"Bernardo BHP 30 – Hydraulic Press with Sliding Cylinder","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo BHP 30 – Hydraulic press with movable cylinder\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eBernardo BHP 30\u003c\/strong\u003e hydraulic press is a compact and robust machine, suitable for workshops and maintenance departments. With a pressing force of 30 tons and a piston with a 300 mm stroke, it is perfect for straightening axles and shafts, and inserting and removing bushings, bearings, and bolts. The laterally movable cylinder and height-adjustable work table ensure great versatility, easily adapting to different processes. The welded box-section steel structure ensures stability and long life, while the feed (10 mm\/sec) and return (18 mm\/sec) speeds allow for quick work. Equipped with an integrated pressure gauge, overload valve, and prism supports included, the BHP 30 is the reliable and professional choice for those looking for a quality hydraulic press in a compact format.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eMain specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e 30 tons pressing force for professional applications\u003cbr\u003e Piston with 300 mm stroke and 60 mm diameter\u003cbr\u003e Laterally movable cylinder for greater flexibility\u003cbr\u003e Height-adjustable work table with included device\u003cbr\u003e Welded box-section steel structure for maximum robustness\u003cbr\u003e Feed speed 10 mm\/sec and return speed 18 mm\/sec\u003cbr\u003e 1.5 kW motor for reliable performance\u003cbr\u003e Equipped with pressure gauge, overload valve, and prism supports\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical table:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBHP 30\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHydraulic press with movable cylinder\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePressing force\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 tons\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between uprights\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e700 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePiston stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePiston diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax pressure\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180 bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e385 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax working height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e950 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeed speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReturn speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e960 x 630 x 2200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e360 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage contents:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Bernardo BHP 30 hydraulic press\u003cbr\u003e Integrated pressure gauge\u003cbr\u003e Height-adjustable work table\u003cbr\u003e Overload valve\u003cbr\u003e Movable cylinder\u003cbr\u003e Prism supports\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 working days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 working day shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the BHP, HWP, and BRHP QZ series in the Bernardo press range?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe BHP series has a movable cylinder: the piston moves downwards while the table remains fixed. The BHP 100t force is applied from top to bottom with a wide stroke — suitable for pressing bearings onto long shafts, straightening structural elements, and vertical load tests.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the BHP 100t force also apply at the minimum piston stroke?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe nominal force BHP 100t is the maximum force developed at the maximum hydraulic system pressure. At the beginning of the stroke (piston at the end of the high stroke) the force is the same — it is constant throughout the entire useful stroke. The included pressure gauge shows the pressure in bar: multiplying by the piston area gives the effective force in kN or tons.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the pressure gauge included as standard?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — all Bernardo BHP, HWP, and BRHP presses include a pressure gauge for direct reading of the applied force. Essential for not exceeding the resistance of the pressed components (e.g., maximum interference of a bearing on the shaft) and for operations requiring a specific assembly force.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat foundation does it require?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePresses up to 100t are fixed to the floor with M12\/M16 bolts on standard concrete (15–20 cm). For presses over 100t, check with a structural engineer for the floor's load-bearing capacity based on the base footprint. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts and assistance available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 working day shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50725086495048,"sku":"06-1738XL","price":4160.35,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_BHP_30_Pressa_idraulica_con_cilindro_scorrevole_30_ton.jpg?v=1759306065"},{"product_id":"bernardo-pressa-idraulica-bhp-50","title":"Bernardo BHP 50 – Hydraulic press with sliding cylinder","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo BHP 50 – Hydraulic Press with Sliding Cylinder\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eBernardo BHP 50\u003c\/strong\u003e hydraulic press is a robust and versatile machine, designed for professional applications in workshops and industrial settings. With a pressing force of 50 tons and a piston stroke of 400 mm, it allows for precise and reliable operations such as shaft straightening, mounting and dismounting bushings, bearings, and bolts. The laterally sliding cylinder and height-adjustable work table ensure flexibility and adaptability to various operational needs. Equipped with an integrated pressure gauge for pressure control, an overload valve, and included prism supports, the BHP 50 is a compact yet powerful hydraulic press. With an advance speed of 9.3 mm\/sec, a return speed of 13.1 mm\/sec, and a 2.2 kW motor, it offers an excellent combination of efficiency and reliability. The welded box-section steel structure ensures long durability and stability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e 50 tons pressing force for professional applications\u003cbr\u003e Piston with 400 mm stroke and 70 mm diameter\u003cbr\u003e Laterally sliding cylinder for greater convenience\u003cbr\u003e Height-adjustable work table with included device\u003cbr\u003e Robust welded box-section steel structure\u003cbr\u003e Advance speed 9.3 mm\/sec and return 13.1 mm\/sec\u003cbr\u003e 2.2 kW motor for high and reliable performance\u003cbr\u003e Integrated pressure gauge, overload valve, and prism supports included\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical Table:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBHP 50\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHydraulic press with sliding cylinder\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePressing force\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 ton\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between uprights\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e800 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePiston stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePiston diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e70 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax pressure\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax working height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e910 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdvance speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9.3 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReturn speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13.1 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.2 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1070 x 730 x 2300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage Contents:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Bernardo BHP 50 Hydraulic Press\u003cbr\u003e Integrated pressure gauge\u003cbr\u003e Height-adjustable work table\u003cbr\u003e Overload valve\u003cbr\u003e Sliding cylinder\u003cbr\u003e Prism supports\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 working days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the BHP, HWP, and BRHP QZ series in the Bernardo press range?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe BHP series has a sliding cylinder: the piston moves downwards while the table remains fixed. The BHP 100t force is applied from top to bottom with a wide stroke — suitable for pressing bearings onto long shafts, straightening structural elements, and vertical load tests.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the BHP 100t force apply even at the minimum piston stroke?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe nominal force BHP 100t is the maximum force developed at the maximum pressure of the hydraulic system. At the beginning of the stroke (piston at the top end of its travel), the force is the same — it is constant throughout the entire useful stroke. The included pressure gauge shows the pressure in bar: multiplying by the piston area gives the effective force in kN or tons.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the pressure gauge included as standard?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — all Bernardo BHP, HWP, and BRHP presses include a pressure gauge for direct reading of the applied force. Essential for not exceeding the resistance of the pressed components (e.g., maximum interference of a bearing on the shaft) and for operations requiring a specific assembly force.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat kind of foundation is required?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePresses up to 100t are fastened to the floor with M12\/M16 bolts on standard concrete (15–20 cm). For presses over 100t, check with a structural engineer for the floor's load-bearing capacity based on the base footprint. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts and assistance available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50725088952648,"sku":"06-1739XL","price":5282.78,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_BHP_50_Pressa_idraulica_con_cilindro_scorrevole_50_ton.jpg?v=1759307062"},{"product_id":"bernardo-pressa-idraulica-bhp-80","title":"Bernardo BHP 80 – Hydraulic press with sliding cylinder","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo BHP 80 – Hydraulic Press with Sliding Cylinder\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eBernardo BHP 80\u003c\/strong\u003e hydraulic press is a professional machine designed for power, precision, and reliability in workshops and industrial settings. With a pressing force of 80 tons and a piston stroke of 400 mm, it is suitable for straightening axles, shafts, and for inserting and removing bushings, bearings, and bolts. The laterally sliding cylinder and height-adjustable work table ensure great versatility in operations. The robust welded box steel structure ensures stability and long life, while the feed (8.8 mm\/sec) and return (11.3 mm\/sec) speeds allow for efficient work. With a 3.0 kW motor and a weight of 785 kg, the BHP 80 is the reliable and professional choice for workshops, maintenance departments, and companies requiring a powerful and high-quality hydraulic press.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eMain Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e 80-ton pressing force for professional work\u003cbr\u003e Piston with 400 mm stroke and 80 mm diameter\u003cbr\u003e Laterally sliding cylinder for maximum convenience\u003cbr\u003e Height-adjustable table with included device\u003cbr\u003e Robust welded box steel structure\u003cbr\u003e Feed speed 8.8 mm\/sec and return speed 11.3 mm\/sec\u003cbr\u003e 3.0 kW motor for high and reliable performance\u003cbr\u003e Equipped with pressure gauge, overload valve, and prism supports\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical Data:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBHP 80\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHydraulic press with sliding cylinder\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePressing force\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80 tons\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClearance between uprights\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e900 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePiston stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePiston diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax pressure\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e212 bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e575 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax working height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e950 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeed speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8.8 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReturn speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11.3 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.0 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1260 x 800 x 2500 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e785 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage contents:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Bernardo BHP 80 hydraulic press\u003cbr\u003e Integrated pressure gauge\u003cbr\u003e Height-adjustable table\u003cbr\u003e Overload valve\u003cbr\u003e Sliding cylinder\u003cbr\u003e Prism supports\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 working days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the BHP, HWP, and BRHP QZ series in the Bernardo press range?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe BHP series has a sliding cylinder: the piston moves downwards while the table remains fixed. The BHP 100t force is applied from top to bottom with a wide stroke — suitable for pressing bearings onto long shafts, straightening structural elements, and vertical load tests.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the BHP 100t force apply even at the minimum piston stroke?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe nominal BHP 100t force is the maximum force developed at the maximum hydraulic system pressure. At the beginning of the stroke (piston at top dead center) the force is the same — it is constant along the entire useful stroke. The included pressure gauge shows the pressure in bar: by multiplying by the piston area, the actual force in kN or tons is obtained.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the pressure gauge included as standard?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — all Bernardo BHP, HWP, and BRHP presses include a pressure gauge for direct reading of the applied force. Essential for not exceeding the resistance of the pressed components (e.g., maximum interference of a bearing on the shaft) and for operations requiring a specific assembly force.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat foundation is required?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePresses up to 100t are fixed to the floor with M12\/M16 bolts on standard concrete (15–20 cm). For presses over 100t, check with a structural engineer for the floor's load-bearing capacity based on the base footprint. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts and assistance available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50725089771848,"sku":"06-1740XL","price":6527.22,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_BHP_80_Pressa_idraulica_con_cilindro_scorrevole_80_ton.jpg?v=1759309137"},{"product_id":"bernardo-pressa-idraulica-brhp-100-qz","title":"Bernardo BRHP 100 QZ – Hydraulic press with movable head","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo BRHP 100 QZ – Hydraulic Press with Movable Head\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eBernardo BRHP 100 QZ\u003c\/strong\u003e hydraulic press is a professional industrial machine designed for heavy-duty and high-precision applications. With a pressing force of 100 tons and a piston stroke of 400 mm, it is suitable for straightening axles and shafts, inserting and removing bushings, bearings, and bolts, as well as for load testing. The movable head and sliding cylinder enhance operational versatility, allowing for precise work on different points of the workpiece. The robust welded steel structure ensures stability, while the advance (8.6 mm\/sec) and return (12 mm\/sec) speeds guarantee productivity and efficiency. With a 4.0 kW motor and a weight of 1250 kg, the BRHP 100 QZ is designed for continuous and safe use. Supplied as standard with a pressure gauge, adjustable table, and V-blocks, it is the ideal choice for workshops and industrial departments requiring a powerful and reliable press.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e 100-ton pressing force for industrial applications\u003cbr\u003e Movable head and sliding cylinder for greater versatility\u003cbr\u003e Piston with 400 mm stroke and 220 mm diameter\u003cbr\u003e Height-adjustable table via included device\u003cbr\u003e Robust welded steel structure for stability and durability\u003cbr\u003e Advance speed 8.6 mm\/sec and return 12 mm\/sec\u003cbr\u003e 4.0 kW motor for continuous and reliable performance\u003cbr\u003e Complete with pressure gauge, overload valve, and V-blocks\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical Table:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBRHP 100 QZ\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHydraulic press with movable head\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePressing force\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 ton\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassage between uprights\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1000 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePiston stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCylinder diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e220 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax pressure\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e265 bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax working height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e950 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdvance speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8.6 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReturn speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.0 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1900 x 800 x 2200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1250 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage contents:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Bernardo BRHP 100 QZ hydraulic press\u003cbr\u003e Integrated pressure gauge\u003cbr\u003e Height-adjustable table\u003cbr\u003e Overload valve\u003cbr\u003e Movable cylinder\u003cbr\u003e V-blocks\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 working days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 working day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the BHP, HWP, and BRHP QZ series in the Bernardo press range?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe BRHP QZ series has a head with a movable cylinder on four columns (Quick Zone): the cylinder moves horizontally to position itself over any point of the table without moving the workpiece. With the BRHP 100t, it is suitable for pressing off-center parts, asymmetrical machining, and operations where the workpiece cannot be centered under the fixed cylinder.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the BRHP 100t force apply even at the minimum piston stroke?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe nominal BRHP 100t force is the maximum force developed at the maximum pressure of the hydraulic system. At the beginning of the stroke (piston at the top of its stroke), the force is the same – it is constant throughout the entire useful stroke. The included pressure gauge shows the pressure in bars: multiplying by the piston area gives the effective force in kN or tons.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the pressure gauge included as standard?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes – all BHP, HWP, and BRHP Bernardo presses include a pressure gauge for direct reading of the applied force. This is essential for not exceeding the resistance of the pressed components (e.g., maximum interference of a bearing on the shaft) and for operations requiring a specific assembly force.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat foundation does it require?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePresses up to 100t are fastened to the floor with M12\/M16 bolts on standard concrete (15–20 cm). For presses over 100t, consult a structural engineer to verify the floor's load capacity based on the base footprint. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts and assistance available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 working day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50725091934536,"sku":"06-1781XL","price":16123.75,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_BRHP_100_QZ_Pressa_idraulica_con_testa_mobile_100_ton.jpg?v=1759311722"},{"product_id":"bernardo-pressa-idraulica-brhp-150-qz","title":"Bernardo BRHP 150 QZ – Hydraulic press with movable head","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo BRHP 150 QZ – Hydraulic press with movable head\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eBernardo BRHP 150 QZ\u003c\/strong\u003e hydraulic press is a powerful and reliable industrial machine, designed for heavy-duty professional applications. With a pressing force of 150 tons and a ram stroke of 400 mm, it is suitable for straightening shafts, mounting or dismounting bushings, bearings, and bolts, as well as for load testing large components. The movable head and sliding cylinder ensure maximum versatility, allowing for precise and safe operations. The welded steel structure ensures stability, while the advance (8 mm\/sec) and return (10.5 mm\/sec) speeds guarantee efficiency and rapidity. With a 7.5 kW motor and a weight of 1800 kg, the BRHP 150 QZ is designed for continuous industrial use. Supplied as standard with a manometer, adjustable table, and prism supports, it is the right choice for workshops and industries requiring a professional-quality hydraulic press.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e 150 tons pressing force for heavy-duty industrial applications\u003cbr\u003e Movable head and sliding cylinder for maximum versatility\u003cbr\u003e Ram with 400 mm stroke and 280 mm diameter\u003cbr\u003e Height-adjustable work table with included device\u003cbr\u003e Robust welded steel structure for stability and long life\u003cbr\u003e Advance speed 8 mm\/sec and return speed 10.5 mm\/sec\u003cbr\u003e 7.5 kW motor for high and reliable performance\u003cbr\u003e Equipped with manometer, overload valve, and prism supports\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical table:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBRHP 150 QZ\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHydraulic press with movable head\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePressing force\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 ton\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between uprights\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1000 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRam stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCylinder diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e280 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax pressure\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e245 bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax working height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e950 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdvance speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReturn speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10.5 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7.5 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2100 x 850 x 2320 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1800 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage contents:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Bernardo BRHP 150 QZ hydraulic press\u003cbr\u003e Integrated manometer\u003cbr\u003e Height-adjustable work table\u003cbr\u003e Overload valve\u003cbr\u003e Movable cylinder\u003cbr\u003e Prism supports\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo Shipping: 5–9 working days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the BHP, HWP and BRHP QZ series in the Bernardo press range?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe BRHP QZ series has a head with a movable cylinder on four columns (Quick Zone): the cylinder moves horizontally to position itself over any point of the table without moving the workpiece. With the BRHP 100t, it is suitable for pressing off-center workpieces, asymmetrical operations, and operations where the workpiece cannot be centered under a fixed cylinder.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the BRHP 100t force also apply at the minimum ram stroke?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe nominal BRHP 100t force is the maximum force developed at the maximum pressure of the hydraulic system. At the beginning of the stroke (ram at the upper limit), the force is the same — it is constant throughout the entire useful stroke. The included manometer shows the pressure in bar: multiplying by the piston area gives the effective force in kN or tons.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the manometer included as standard?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — all BHP, HWP, and BRHP Bernardo presses include a manometer for direct reading of the applied force. Essential for not exceeding the resistance of the pressed components (e.g., maximum interference of a bearing on the shaft) and for operations requiring a specific assembly force.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat foundation does it require?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePresses up to 100t are fixed to the floor with M12\/M16 bolts on standard concrete (15–20 cm). For presses over 100t, check the floor's load-bearing capacity with a structural engineer based on the base footprint. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts and assistance available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 working days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50725097472328,"sku":"06-1782XL","price":17343.79,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_BRHP_150_QZ_Pressa_idraulica_con_testa_mobile_150_ton.jpg?v=1759312849"},{"product_id":"bernardo-pressa-idraulica-brhp-200-qz","title":"Bernardo BRHP 200 QZ – Hydraulic Press with Movable Head","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo BRHP 200 QZ – Hydraulic press with movable head\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eBernardo BRHP 200 QZ\u003c\/strong\u003e is a professional, high-performance hydraulic press designed for heavy-duty industrial applications. With a pressing force of 200 tons and a piston stroke of 400 mm, it is suitable for straightening operations, mounting and dismounting of bushings, bearings, bolts, and load testing on large workpieces. The movable head and sliding cylinder enhance versatility, allowing for quick and precise machining at various points on the workpiece. The robust welded steel structure ensures maximum stability, while the advance (8.2 mm\/sec) and return (10.8 mm\/sec) speeds guarantee productivity and efficiency. With a 7.5 kW motor and a weight of 2350 kg, the BRHP 200 QZ is designed for continuous and safe use. Equipped with an integrated pressure gauge, adjustable table, and included prism supports, it is the right choice for workshops and industries requiring a powerful and reliable press.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eMain Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e 200-ton pressing force for heavy industrial applications\u003cbr\u003e Movable head and sliding cylinder for greater operational versatility\u003cbr\u003e Piston with 400 mm stroke and 320 mm diameter\u003cbr\u003e Height-adjustable work table with included device\u003cbr\u003e Robust welded steel structure for long life\u003cbr\u003e Advance speed 8.2 mm\/sec and return 10.8 mm\/sec\u003cbr\u003e 7.5 kW motor for continuous use and high performance\u003cbr\u003e Integrated pressure gauge, overload valve, and prism supports included\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical specifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBRHP 200 QZ\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHydraulic press with movable head\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePressing force\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 tons\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between uprights\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePiston stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCylinder diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e320 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax pressure\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax working height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e900 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdvance speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8.2 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReturn speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10.8 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7.5 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2050 x 900 x 2400 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2350 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage contents:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Bernardo BRHP 200 QZ hydraulic press\u003cbr\u003e Integrated pressure gauge\u003cbr\u003e Height-adjustable work table\u003cbr\u003e Overload valve\u003cbr\u003e Movable cylinder\u003cbr\u003e Prism supports\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the BHP, HWP, and BRHP QZ series in the Bernardo press range?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe BRHP QZ series has a head with a movable cylinder on four columns (Quick Zone): the cylinder moves horizontally to position itself over any point on the table without moving the workpiece. With BRHP 100t, it is suitable for pressing off-center parts, asymmetrical machining, and operations where the workpiece cannot be centered under a fixed cylinder.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the BRHP 100t force also apply at the minimum piston stroke?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe nominal force BRHP 100t is the maximum force developed at the maximum pressure of the hydraulic system. At the beginning of the stroke (piston at the top end of its travel), the force is the same – it is constant throughout the useful stroke. The included pressure gauge shows the pressure in bar: multiplying by the piston area gives the effective force in kN or tons.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the pressure gauge included as standard?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes – all BHP, HWP, and BRHP Bernardo presses include a pressure gauge for direct reading of the applied force. Essential for not exceeding the resistance of the pressed components (e.g., maximum interference of a bearing on the shaft) and for operations requiring a specific assembly force.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat foundation does it require?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePresses up to 100t are fastened to the floor with M12\/M16 bolts on standard concrete (15–20 cm). For presses over 100t, consult a structural engineer regarding the floor's load capacity based on the base footprint. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts and assistance available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50725098258760,"sku":"06-1783XL","price":19039.65,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_BRHP_200_QZ_Pressa_idraulica_con_testa_mobile_200_ton.jpg?v=1759311097"},{"product_id":"bernardo-pressa-idraulica-brhp-250-qz","title":"Bernardo BRHP 250 QZ – Hydraulic Press with Movable Head","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo BRHP 250 QZ – Hydraulic press with movable head\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eBernardo BRHP 250 QZ\u003c\/strong\u003e hydraulic press is a high-performance industrial model, designed for heavy-duty applications and large-scale processing. With a pressing force of 250 tons and a piston with a 400 mm stroke, it is suitable for straightening axles, shafts, inserting or removing bushings, bearings and bolts, as well as for demanding load tests. The movable head and sliding cylinder ensure maximum operational versatility, allowing precise work on different areas of the workpiece. Thanks to its welded steel structure, it guarantees stability and durability even under extreme loads. The advance (8.2 mm\/sec) and return (11.8 mm\/sec) speeds, combined with the 11 kW motor, ensure efficiency and continuity of work. Weighing 2650 kg, the BRHP 250 QZ is supplied as standard with a pressure gauge, adjustable table and prism supports, making it the suitable solution for workshops and industries that need a powerful and professional hydraulic press.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eMain specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e 250-ton pressing force for heavy industrial applications\u003cbr\u003e Movable head and sliding cylinder for maximum flexibility\u003cbr\u003e Piston with 400 mm stroke and 360 mm diameter\u003cbr\u003e Height-adjustable table with included device\u003cbr\u003e Robust welded steel structure for stability and long life\u003cbr\u003e Advance speed 8.2 mm\/sec and return speed 11.8 mm\/sec\u003cbr\u003e 11.0 kW motor for high and continuous performance\u003cbr\u003e Complete with pressure gauge, overload valve and prism supports\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical table:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBRHP 250 QZ\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHydraulic press with movable head\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePressing force\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 ton\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between uprights\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePiston stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCylinder diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e360 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax pressure\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax working height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e900 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdvance speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8.2 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReturn speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11.8 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11.0 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2400 x 950 x 2400 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2650 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage contents:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Bernardo BRHP 250 QZ hydraulic press\u003cbr\u003e Integrated pressure gauge\u003cbr\u003e Height-adjustable work table\u003cbr\u003e Overload valve\u003cbr\u003e Movable cylinder\u003cbr\u003e Prism supports\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 working days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 working day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the BHP, HWP and BRHP QZ series in the Bernardo press range?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe BRHP QZ series has a movable head with a cylinder on four columns (Quick Zone): the cylinder moves horizontally to position itself over any point on the table without moving the workpiece. With the BRHP 100t, it is suitable for pressing off-center parts, asymmetrical operations and operations where the workpiece cannot be centered under the fixed cylinder.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the BRHP 100t force also valid at the minimum piston stroke?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe nominal BRHP 100t force is the maximum force developed at the maximum hydraulic system pressure. At the beginning of the stroke (piston at the top end of its travel) the force is the same — it is constant throughout the entire useful stroke. The included pressure gauge shows the pressure in bar: multiplying by the piston area gives the effective force in kN or tons.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the pressure gauge included as standard?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — all BHP, HWP and BRHP Bernardo presses include a pressure gauge for direct reading of the applied force. Indispensable for not exceeding the resistance of the pressed components (e.g. maximum interference of a bearing on the shaft) and for operations requiring a specific assembly force.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat foundation does it require?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePresses up to 100t are fixed to the floor with M12\/M16 bolts on standard concrete (15–20 cm). For presses over 100t, check the floor's load-bearing capacity with a structural engineer based on the base footprint. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts and assistance available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 working day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50725099798856,"sku":"06-1784XL","price":23248.8,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_BRHP_250_QZ_Pressa_idraulica_con_testa_mobile_250_ton.jpg?v=1759313485"},{"product_id":"bernardo-pressa-idraulica-hwp-100","title":"Bernardo HWP 100 – Hydraulic press with movable cylinder","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo HWP 100 – Hydraulic Press with Sliding Cylinder\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eBernardo HWP 100\u003c\/strong\u003e hydraulic press is a powerful and versatile professional machine, designed for assembly, straightening, load testing, and part inspection. With a pressing force of 100 tons and a ram stroke of 380 mm, it guarantees high performance even in the most demanding applications. The laterally sliding cylinder and the height-adjustable work table, operated by chain and hydraulic cylinder, ensure maximum flexibility. The ram can be operated manually with a lever or via a sensitive hydraulic pump, allowing it to stop in any position. Thanks to the fast advance (7.5 mm\/sec) and return (9.06 mm\/sec) speeds, work is more efficient. With a robust structure, integrated pressure gauge, and overload valve, the HWP 100 offers reliability and safety, making it a suitable solution for workshops and maintenance departments that require a durable and high-performing hydraulic press.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e 100-ton pressing force with 380 mm ram stroke\u003cbr\u003e Laterally sliding cylinder for high flexibility of use\u003cbr\u003e Height-adjustable table via chain and hydraulic cylinder\u003cbr\u003e Manual lever operation or sensitive hydraulic pump\u003cbr\u003e Advance speed 7.5 mm\/sec and return speed 9.06 mm\/sec\u003cbr\u003e Ram can be stopped in any position for greater precision\u003cbr\u003e 2.2 kW motor for reliable performance\u003cbr\u003e Robust structure with integrated pressure gauge and overload valve\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical specifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHWP 100\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHydraulic press with sliding cylinder\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePressing force\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 ton\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between uprights\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRam stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e380 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRam diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax pressure\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e258 bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e425 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax working height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e930 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdvance speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7.5 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.47 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReturn speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9.06 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.2 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1665 x 865 x 2140 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e970 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage contents:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Bernardo HWP 100 hydraulic press\u003cbr\u003e Integrated pressure gauge\u003cbr\u003e Adjustable work table\u003cbr\u003e Overload valve\u003cbr\u003e Sliding cylinder\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days for southern Italy). Original spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the BHP, HWP, and BRHP QZ series in the Bernardo press range?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe HWP series is the workshop hydraulic column press: compact steel structure, sliding cylinder from above. With HWP 30t, it is suitable for bearing assembly\/disassembly, shaft straightening, and crimping operations in mechanical workshops and industrial maintenance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the HWP 30t force apply even at the minimum ram stroke?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe nominal HWP 30t force is the maximum force developed at the maximum pressure of the hydraulic system. At the beginning of the stroke (ram at the top end of its travel), the force is the same – it is constant along the entire useful stroke. The included pressure gauge shows the pressure in bars: multiplying by the piston area gives the effective force in kN or tons.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the pressure gauge included as standard?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes – all Bernardo BHP, HWP, and BRHP presses include a pressure gauge for direct reading of the applied force. Indispensable for not exceeding the resistance of the pressed components (e.g., maximum interference of a bearing on the shaft) and for operations requiring a specific assembly force.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat kind of foundation does it require?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePresses up to 100t are fastened to the floor with M12\/M16 bolts on standard concrete (15–20 cm). For presses over 100t, check the floor's load-bearing capacity with a structural engineer, considering the base footprint. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts and assistance available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50725168382280,"sku":"06-1755XL","price":9943.34,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_HWP_100_Pressa_idraulica_con_cilindro_scorrevole_100_ton.jpg?v=1759303048"},{"product_id":"bernardo-pressa-idraulica-hwp-100-1500","title":"Bernardo HWP 100-1500 – Hydraulic press with sliding cylinder","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo HWP 100-1500 – Hydraulic press with sliding cylinder\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eBernardo HWP 100-1500\u003c\/strong\u003e hydraulic press is a professional, high-performance machine suitable for assembly, straightening, load testing, and part inspection. Thanks to its 100-ton pressing force and 1500 mm clearance between uprights, it is also suitable for large-scale operations. The piston with a 380 mm stroke, 90 mm diameter, and maximum pressure of 258 bar ensures power and precision. The laterally sliding cylinder and height-adjustable work surface, operated by chain and hydraulic cylinder, offer maximum versatility. The piston can be operated either manually via a lever or with a sensitive hydraulic pump, stopping at any position. With fast advance speeds (7.5 mm\/sec) and return speeds (9.06 mm\/sec), a robust structure, and a 2.2 kW motor, the HWP 100-1500 is the powerful and reliable choice for workshops and industries requiring a large-format hydraulic press.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eMain specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e 100-ton pressing force for professional and industrial applications\u003cbr\u003e 1500 mm clearance between uprights for large workpieces\u003cbr\u003e Piston with 380 mm stroke and 90 mm diameter\u003cbr\u003e Laterally sliding cylinder for maximum flexibility\u003cbr\u003e Height-adjustable work surface via chain and hydraulic cylinder\u003cbr\u003e Manual lever operation or sensitive hydraulic pump operation\u003cbr\u003e Advance speed 7.5 mm\/sec and return speed 9.06 mm\/sec\u003cbr\u003e 2.2 kW motor for reliable and continuous performance\u003cbr\u003e Robust structure with integrated pressure gauge and overload valve\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical table:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHWP 100-1500\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHydraulic press with sliding cylinder\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePressing force\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 ton\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClearance between uprights\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1500 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePiston stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e380 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePiston diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax pressure\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e258 bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e425 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax working height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e890 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdvance speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7.5 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.47 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReturn speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9.06 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.2 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2065 x 865 x 2180 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1145 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage contents:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Bernardo HWP 100-1500 hydraulic press\u003cbr\u003e Integrated pressure gauge\u003cbr\u003e Adjustable work surface\u003cbr\u003e Overload valve\u003cbr\u003e Sliding cylinder\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the BHP, HWP and BRHP QZ series in the Bernardo press range?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe HWP series is the hydraulic workshop column press: compact steel structure, top-sliding cylinder. With the HWP 30t, it is suitable for bearing assembly\/disassembly, shaft straightening and crimping operations in mechanical workshops and industrial maintenance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the HWP 30t force apply even at the minimum piston stroke?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe nominal HWP 30t force is the maximum force developed at the maximum hydraulic system pressure. At the beginning of the stroke (piston at the top of its stroke), the force is the same – it is constant throughout the entire effective stroke. The included pressure gauge shows the pressure in bar: multiplying by the piston area gives the actual force in kN or tons.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the pressure gauge included as standard?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes – all Bernardo BHP, HWP and BRHP presses include a pressure gauge for direct reading of the applied force. Essential for not exceeding the resistance of pressed components (e.g. maximum interference of a bearing on the shaft) and for operations requiring a specific assembly force.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat foundation is required?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePresses up to 100t are fastened to the floor with M12\/M16 bolts on standard concrete (15–20 cm). For presses over 100t, consult a structural engineer to check the floor's load-bearing capacity based on the base footprint. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts and assistance available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50725169037640,"sku":"06-1765XL","price":12139.41,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_HWP_100-1500_Pressa_idraulica_con_cilindro_scorrevole_100_ton.jpg?v=1759303653"},{"product_id":"bernardo-pressa-idraulica-hwp-160","title":"Bernardo HWP 160 – Hydraulic press with sliding cylinder","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo HWP 160 – Hydraulic Press with Sliding Cylinder\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eBernardo HWP 160\u003c\/strong\u003e hydraulic press is designed for professional applications and heavy-duty workshop tasks. With a pressing force of 160 tons and a piston stroke of 400 mm, it offers high performance in assembly, straightening, load testing, and part inspection. The laterally sliding cylinder and the height-adjustable table, managed by a chain and hydraulic cylinder, provide great flexibility. The piston can be operated manually with a lever or via a sensitive hydraulic pump, allowing stops in any position. Fast forward (7.48 mm\/sec) and return (9.35 mm\/sec) speeds ensure efficiency, while the welded steel box-section frame guarantees stability and robustness. Equipped with a pressure gauge, overload valve, and prism supports, the HWP 160 is a powerful, reliable, and indispensable press for mechanical workshops and industrial maintenance departments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e 160 tons pressing force for heavy industrial applications\u003cbr\u003e Piston with 400 mm stroke and 125 mm diameter\u003cbr\u003e Laterally sliding cylinder for increased flexibility\u003cbr\u003e Height-adjustable table via chain and hydraulic cylinder\u003cbr\u003e Manual lever operation or via sensitive hydraulic pump\u003cbr\u003e Forward speed 7.48 mm\/sec and return speed 9.35 mm\/sec\u003cbr\u003e 3.0 kW motor for high and continuous performance\u003cbr\u003e Robust structure with integrated pressure gauge and overload valve\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical Data:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHWP 160\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHydraulic press with sliding cylinder\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePressing force\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e160 ton\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistance between uprights\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePiston stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePiston diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e125 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax pressure\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e255 bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e498 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax working height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e930 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eForward speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7.48 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.4 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReturn speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9.35 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.0 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1725 x 935 x 2200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1195 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage Contents:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Bernardo HWP 160 hydraulic press\u003cbr\u003e Integrated pressure gauge\u003cbr\u003e Adjustable work table\u003cbr\u003e Overload valve\u003cbr\u003e Sliding cylinder\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the BHP, HWP, and BRHP QZ series in the Bernardo press range?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe HWP series is the workshop hydraulic column press: compact steel structure, top-sliding cylinder. With HWP 30t, it is suitable for bearing assembly\/disassembly, shaft straightening, and crimping operations in mechanical workshops and industrial maintenance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the HWP 30t force apply even at the minimum piston stroke?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe nominal force HWP 30t is the maximum force developed at the maximum pressure of the hydraulic system. At the beginning of the stroke (piston at the top dead center), the force is the same – it is constant throughout the entire useful stroke. The included pressure gauge shows the pressure in bars: multiplying by the piston area gives the actual force in kN or tons.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the pressure gauge included as standard?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes – all Bernardo BHP, HWP, and BRHP presses include a pressure gauge for direct reading of the applied force. Indispensable for not exceeding the resistance of pressed components (e.g., maximum interference of a bearing on the shaft) and for operations requiring a specific assembly force.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat foundation does it require?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePresses up to 100t are secured to the floor with M12\/M16 bolts on standard concrete (15–20 cm). For presses over 100t, consult a structural engineer to verify the floor's capacity based on the base footprint. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts and assistance available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 business days shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50725169758536,"sku":"06-1770XL","price":14213.49,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_HWP_160_Pressa_idraulica_con_cilindro_scorrevole_160_ton.jpg?v=1759303324"},{"product_id":"bernardo-pressa-idraulica-hwp-160-1500","title":"Bernardo HWP 160-1500 – Hydraulic press with sliding cylinder","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo HWP 160-1500 – Hydraulic Press with Sliding Cylinder\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eBernardo HWP 160-1500\u003c\/strong\u003e hydraulic press is a professional, high-performance machine designed for heavy-duty assembly, straightening, load testing, and part inspection. With a pressing force of 160 tons and a working width of 1500 mm between uprights, it is suitable for large components. The piston, with a 400 mm stroke and 125 mm diameter, achieves a maximum pressure of 255 bar, ensuring power and precision. Thanks to the laterally sliding cylinder and the height-adjustable table via chain and hydraulic cylinder, the machine offers great versatility. The piston can be operated manually with a lever or via a sensitive hydraulic pump, allowing stops at any position. With a feed speed of 7.48 mm\/sec and a return speed of 9.35 mm\/sec, a 3.0 kW motor, and a weight of 1430 kg, the HWP 160-1500 ensures efficiency, robustness, and safety, making it indispensable in workshops and industrial departments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eMain Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e 160 tons pressing force for heavy industrial applications\u003cbr\u003e 1500 mm working width between uprights, suitable for large workpieces\u003cbr\u003e Piston with 400 mm stroke and 125 mm diameter\u003cbr\u003e Laterally sliding cylinder for greater operational flexibility\u003cbr\u003e Height-adjustable table via chain and hydraulic cylinder\u003cbr\u003e Manual lever operation or via sensitive hydraulic pump\u003cbr\u003e Feed speed 7.48 mm\/sec and return speed 9.35 mm\/sec\u003cbr\u003e 3.0 kW motor for continuous and reliable use\u003cbr\u003e Robust welded steel construction with integrated manometer and overload valve\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical table:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHWP 160-1500\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHydraulic press with sliding cylinder\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePressing force\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e160 ton\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking width between uprights\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1500 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePiston stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePiston diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e125 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax pressure\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e255 bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e495 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax working height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e930 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeed speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7.48 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.4 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReturn speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9.35 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.0 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2125 x 935 x 2270 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1430 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage contents:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Bernardo HWP 160-1500 hydraulic press\u003cbr\u003e Integrated manometer\u003cbr\u003e Adjustable work table\u003cbr\u003e Overload valve\u003cbr\u003e Sliding cylinder\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the BHP, HWP, and BRHP QZ series in the Bernardo press range?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe HWP series is the column-type hydraulic workshop press: compact steel structure, sliding cylinder from above. With HWP 30t, it is suitable for assembly\/disassembly of bearings, shaft straightening, and crimping operations in mechanical workshops and industrial maintenance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the HWP 30t force apply even at the minimum piston stroke?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe nominal force HWP 30t is the maximum force developed at the maximum pressure of the hydraulic system. At the beginning of the stroke (piston at the end of the upward travel), the force is the same – it is constant throughout the entire useful stroke. The included manometer shows the pressure in bar: multiplying by the piston area gives the effective force in kN or tons.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the manometer included as standard?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes – all Bernardo BHP, HWP, and BRHP presses include a manometer for direct reading of the applied force. Indispensable for not exceeding the resistance of the pressed components (e.g., maximum interference of a bearing on the shaft) and for operations requiring a specific assembly force.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat foundation does it require?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePresses up to 100t are fastened to the floor with M12\/M16 bolts on standard concrete (15–20 cm). For presses over 100t, check the floor's load-bearing capacity with a structural engineer based on the base footprint. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts and assistance available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer support in Italian available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50725170610504,"sku":"06-1775XL","price":16355.55,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_HWP_160-1500_Pressa_idraulica_con_cilindro_scorrevole_160_ton.jpg?v=1759304241"},{"product_id":"bernardo-pressa-idraulica-hwp-200","title":"Bernardo HWP 200 – Hydraulic press with sliding cylinder","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBernardo HWP 200 – Hydraulic press with sliding cylinder\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eBernardo HWP 200\u003c\/strong\u003e hydraulic press is a powerful and professional machine, designed for industrial applications and heavy-duty work. With a pressing force of 200 tons and a piston with a 400 mm stroke, it guarantees precision and reliability in straightening, assembly, load testing, and part inspection operations. The 1300 mm clearance between uprights allows for processing large components, while the laterally sliding cylinder and the height-adjustable bed via chain and hydraulic cylinder ensure maximum versatility. The piston can be operated manually with a lever or via a sensitive hydraulic pump, allowing it to stop in any position. The advance and return speeds (5.73 mm\/sec and 7.08 mm\/sec respectively) make the HWP 200 efficient and functional. With a 3.0 kW motor, robust structure, and a weight of 1690 kg, this press is suitable for workshops and industries that require a robust and high-performance hydraulic press.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eMain specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e 200 ton pressing force for heavy-duty work\u003cbr\u003e 1300 mm clearance between uprights for large workpieces\u003cbr\u003e Piston with 400 mm stroke and 140 mm diameter\u003cbr\u003e Laterally sliding cylinder for maximum operational convenience\u003cbr\u003e Height-adjustable work table with chain and hydraulic cylinder\u003cbr\u003e Manual lever operation or via sensitive hydraulic pump\u003cbr\u003e Advance speed 5.73 mm\/sec and return speed 7.08 mm\/sec\u003cbr\u003e 3.0 kW motor and 1690 kg weight for stability and reliability\u003cbr\u003e Robust structure with pressure gauge and overload valve included\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTechnical table:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBernardo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHWP 200\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHydraulic press with sliding cylinder\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePressing force\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 ton\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClearance between uprights\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePiston stroke\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePiston diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e140 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax pressure\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e243 bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBed width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e525 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax working height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e930 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdvance speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5.73 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.84 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReturn speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7.08 mm\/sec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotor power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.0 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1925 x 975 x 2270 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1690 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage contents:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Bernardo HWP 200 hydraulic press\u003cbr\u003e Integrated pressure gauge\u003cbr\u003e Height-adjustable bed\u003cbr\u003e Overload valve\u003cbr\u003e Sliding cylinder\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLogistics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBernardo shipping: 5–9 business days (7 days to the South). Original spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the BHP, HWP, and BRHP QZ series in the Bernardo press range?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe HWP series is the workshop hydraulic column press: compact steel structure, top-sliding cylinder. With the HWP 30t, it is suitable for bearing assembly\/disassembly, shaft straightening, and crimping operations in mechanical workshops and industrial maintenance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the HWP 30t force apply even at the minimum piston stroke?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe nominal force of the HWP 30t is the maximum force developed at the maximum pressure of the hydraulic system. At the beginning of the stroke (piston at the top end of the stroke) the force is the same – it is constant throughout the useful stroke. The included pressure gauge shows the pressure in bar: multiplying by the piston area gives the effective force in kN or tons.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the pressure gauge included as standard?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes – all BHP, HWP, and BRHP Bernardo presses include a pressure gauge for direct reading of the applied force. Essential for not exceeding the resistance of pressed components (e.g., maximum interference of a bearing on the shaft) and for operations requiring a specific assembly force.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat foundation does it require?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePresses up to 100t are secured to the floor with M12\/M16 bolts on standard concrete (15–20 cm). For presses over 100t, check the floor's load-bearing capacity with a structural engineer based on the base footprint. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre spare parts and assistance available?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginal spare parts available with 3–5 business day shipping. Customer support available in Italian.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e","brand":"Bernardo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50725171528008,"sku":"06-1777XL","price":22577.77,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/files\/Bernardo_HWP_200_Pressa_idraulica_con_cilindro_scorrevole_200_ton.jpg?v=1759304534"}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0891\/2139\/0920\/collections\/1745844716405blob.png?v=1753439959","url":"https:\/\/www.krollit.com\/collections\/press-sheet-metal.oembed","provider":"Krollit","version":"1.0","type":"link"}